WO2021228162A1 - Printed object and printing method therefor - Google Patents

Printed object and printing method therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021228162A1
WO2021228162A1 PCT/CN2021/093445 CN2021093445W WO2021228162A1 WO 2021228162 A1 WO2021228162 A1 WO 2021228162A1 CN 2021093445 W CN2021093445 W CN 2021093445W WO 2021228162 A1 WO2021228162 A1 WO 2021228162A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
curing
dual
adhesive layer
midsole
shoe
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/093445
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
卢伊丝
陈捷
车弘毅
朱光
史卓鹤
Original Assignee
清锋(北京)科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202010436000.1A external-priority patent/CN113693340B/en
Application filed by 清锋(北京)科技有限公司 filed Critical 清锋(北京)科技有限公司
Priority to TW110117371A priority Critical patent/TWI767704B/en
Publication of WO2021228162A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021228162A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/02Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units characterised by the material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of 3D printing technology, and in particular to a print and a printing method thereof.
  • 3D printing technology is a rapid prototyping technology, which is based on digital model files, using powdered metal, resin or plastic and other bondable materials to construct objects by printing layer by layer. 3D printing technology is usually realized by using a 3D printer.
  • One aspect of this specification provides a print, which includes a first part, a second part, and an adhesive layer located between the first part and the second part; the first part, the second part, and the adhesive At least one of the laminates includes a dual curing material.
  • the first part and the adhesive layer both include a dual-curing material; the adhesive layer includes a dual-curing material component and the first part includes a dual-curing material component At least part of the same; or, the second part and the adhesive layer both include a dual-curing material, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer has a composition that is different from the dual-curing material included in the second part.
  • the components are at least partially the same.
  • the first part, the second part, and the adhesive layer all include a dual-curing material
  • the adhesive layer includes a dual-curing material component
  • the first part includes a dual-curing material.
  • the composition of the curing material and the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part are at least partially the same.
  • the first part and the second part both include a dual curing material, and the components of the dual curing material contained in the first part are at least partially at least partially same.
  • the stiffness of the first part is different from the stiffness of the second part.
  • the light transmittance of the first part and/or the second part is greater than 20%.
  • the first part and/or the second part includes a light-transmitting material; or, the first part and/or the second part includes a hollow structure.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer in a cured state is 1 mm-5 mm.
  • the first part includes a shoe midsole
  • the second part includes a shoe outsole
  • the lower surface of the shoe midsole is connected to the upper surface of the shoe outsole
  • the adhesive layer is located at Between the lower surface of the shoe midsole and the upper surface of the shoe sole.
  • the first part includes a midsole
  • the second part includes a reinforcement
  • the rigidity of the reinforcement is greater than the rigidity of the second midsole
  • the reinforcement is embedded in the shoe In the sole, or, the reinforcing member is provided on the surface of the midsole of the shoe.
  • the stiffness of the reinforcement is 5%-300% greater than the stiffness of the bottom of the shoe.
  • the reinforcement includes a dual curing material and a fiber material.
  • the shoe midsole includes a forefoot, an arch, and a heel that are sequentially arranged from front to back, and the reinforcement is provided on the forefoot, the arch and the heel. At least one of the heels.
  • the thickness of the reinforcement after curing is 0.05 mm-2 mm.
  • the forefoot portion, the arch portion and/or the heel portion are provided with mounting grooves, and the mounting grooves are used for mounting the reinforcement member.
  • the line connecting the center of gravity of the reinforcement member and the center of gravity of the midsole is parallel to the thickness direction of the midsole.
  • the reinforcing member includes a plurality of through holes, and each of the through holes penetrates the reinforcing member along the thickness direction of the midsole.
  • the reinforcement includes a support portion and a side wing portion connected to the support portion; the support portion is provided on the upper or lower surface of the shoe midsole, and the side wing portion is connected to the shoe The side edges of the midsole.
  • the supporting part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part.
  • the reinforcing member includes an upper top portion, a lower bottom portion, and a connecting portion, and one end of the upper top portion and one end of the lower bottom portion are connected by the connecting portion; the upper top portion, the lower bottom portion, and the connecting portion At least one of them is connected to the midsole of the shoe.
  • the upper top portion, the lower bottom portion, and the connecting portion are all embedded in the heel portion.
  • the connecting portion is located at the front end of the heel portion, the upper top portion is located at the upper end of the heel portion, and the lower bottom portion is located at the lower end of the heel portion.
  • the reinforcing member further includes an extension part; the extension part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part; or the extension part is embedded in the arch part.
  • the reinforcing member includes a first arc-shaped part and a second arc-shaped part, the first arc-shaped part and the second arc-shaped part are respectively embedded in the left and right sides of the heel part, and The inner arc surface of the first arc-shaped portion and the inner arc surface of the second arc-shaped portion are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the print includes a pillow.
  • Another aspect of this specification also provides a printing method of a print, which includes the following steps: providing at least one of a first part and a second part; and setting an adhesive on the first part and/or the second part Layer; curing the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer.
  • the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: making at least one of the first part and the second part by a first curing process in a dual curing molding manner.
  • the first part and the second part are produced by a first re-curing process in a dual-curing molding manner.
  • one of the first part and the second part is made by the first re-curing process of the dual curing molding method, and the first part and the second part are made by other printing methods. The other one.
  • the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: making the first part and the second part by other printing methods;
  • the curing process of the second part and the adhesive layer includes: curing the adhesive layer and the first part and the second part through a dual curing process to realize the first part and the The second part of the connection.
  • the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: manufacturing one of the first part and the second part using a first recuring process based on a dual curing material; Wherein, a part of the components of the dual curing material can be cured after the first recuring treatment; the other of the first part and the second part is made; the first part and/or the first part
  • the second part is provided with an adhesive layer, including: coating an adhesive layer on the bonding place of the first part and the second part, and bonding the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body
  • the curing process of the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer includes: subjecting the combination to a second recuring process to obtain a print; wherein, the double Another part of the curing material can be cured after the second curing process.
  • the manufacturing the other of the first part and the second part includes: manufacturing the first part and the second part using a first recuring process based on a dual curing material The other one in the section.
  • the first recuring treatment operation includes a photocuring treatment.
  • the second recuring process includes any one of thermal curing process, light curing process and moisture curing process.
  • the thermal curing temperature is 80°C-160°C.
  • the adhesive layer includes a dual curing material.
  • the attaching the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body includes: attaching the first part and the second part; attaching the attached first part to the second part; One part and the second part are subjected to a first recuring treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer to obtain an assembly.
  • the first part and/or the second part includes a light-transmitting structure; or, the first part and/or the second part includes a hollow structure; the first part after being bonded Performing a first re-curing treatment with the second part to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer includes: irradiating the adhesive layer with light through the light-transmitting structure or the hollow structure, so that A part of the components of the adhesive layer is cured.
  • subjecting the combined body to a second re-curing treatment includes: putting the combined body into a mold, and subjecting the combined body placed in the mold to a second re-curing treatment.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 3D printed part according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 2a is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of a shoe midsole and a shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the shoe midsole and the shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 2c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole, a shoe outsole and an adhesive layer according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 3a is a schematic view of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 3b is a schematic structural diagram of a mounting groove of a shoe midsole according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 3d is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 3e is a schematic view of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 3f is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 3g is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 3h is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 4a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 4b is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 4c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 4d is a schematic diagram of the structure of a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 4e is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 5b is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to still other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5c is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to still other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5d is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcement according to still other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to still other embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 7 is a flowchart of a 3D printing method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • system is a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts, or assemblies of different levels.
  • the words can be replaced by other expressions.
  • 3D printing technology is widely used in various fields.
  • 3D printing technology can be used to produce shoe soles, whole shoes, pillows and other daily necessities.
  • 3D printing technology can be used to produce desktop ornaments, models and other handicrafts.
  • 3D printing methods such as fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, and light curing molding may be used to print the product.
  • the light-curing molding technology may include dual-curing technology molding and single-curing molding technology.
  • Fused deposition molding is a molding method in which filamentous materials (such as thermoplastics, wax or metal fuses) are extruded from a heated nozzle, and the melt is deposited at a fixed rate according to the predetermined trajectory of each layer of the part.
  • Laser sintering molding is a molding technology that uses laser as a heat source to sinter powder compacts.
  • Stereo Lithography Appearance (Stereo Lithography Appearance, SLA or SL) is a molding technology that uses a laser with a specific wavelength and intensity to focus on the surface of a photocurable material to quickly cure the photocurable material. It mainly uses liquid printing materials as raw materials, and photo-curing molding uses the characteristics of liquid printing materials to quickly solidify under the irradiation of a laser beam of a specific wavelength and intensity to achieve the printing of objects. Generally, ultraviolet light is used as the light source, and the printing material is irradiated with a specific wavelength of ultraviolet light (250nm-400nm) to cause polymerization reaction and complete curing.
  • a specific wavelength of ultraviolet light 250nm-400nm
  • the step of light curing printing can be as follows: first layer the three-dimensional model in one direction to obtain the contour information or image information of each layer, and then irradiate the light pattern on the printing material through the light source, and the printing material in the raw material is affected by After the light is irradiated, a polymerization reaction (light curing) occurs to form a cured layer. After the curing of the light pattern of this layer is completed, the next layer is cured, and the iteration is repeated, and finally a complete print is formed.
  • Light-curing 3D printing can be widely used in a variety of fields depending on the printing materials used. At present, digital light processing technology (DLP technology) is also applied to light curing printing to improve its printing accuracy.
  • DLP technology digital light processing technology
  • the hollow lattice structure printed by elastic photosensitive resin has good mechanical properties and can be applied to shoe midsoles (especially sports shoes).
  • the photosensitive resin with good abrasion resistance can print shoe outsoles and use light curing to print shoe soles.
  • the manufactured shoes not only bring a good wearing experience to users, but also eliminate the high-consumption mold opening stage in production, so light-curing printed shoes have a good market prospect.
  • Dual curing molding may refer to a curing molding method in which final molding can be achieved only by light curing.
  • Dual curing molding may be a combination of two curing molding methods, for example, it may be a combination of light curing molding and other curing molding methods (such as light curing molding, thermal curing molding, moisture curing molding, etc.).
  • Dual-curing molding is a curing molding method that uses dual-curing materials to achieve final molding based on dual-curing treatment.
  • the dual-curing material used in dual-curing molding can be preliminarily molded after the first-curing treatment (such as light-curing treatment) to form a printing intermediate, and the printing intermediate contains uncured components. After the second-stage curing process is performed on the printing intermediate, the uncured components of the printing intermediate can be cured to form the final print.
  • Light-curing molding technology (single-curing molding technology or dual-curing molding technology) is widely used due to its high printing accuracy and high processing efficiency.
  • the light-curing molding can be completed based on a single-curable material (such as light-curing resin) in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state.
  • a single curing material refers to a material that can undergo a curing reaction as a whole through a single curing treatment, and the single curing treatment may be a light curing treatment, a thermal curing treatment, and the like.
  • the light-curing molding can also be completed based on a dual-curing material in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state.
  • the dual-curing material may refer to a material that is completely cured after undergoing a dual-curing treatment.
  • the dual curing material can be initially cured to form a printing intermediate.
  • Some of the components of the printing intermediate formed after the first re-curing treatment are still in an uncured or incompletely cured state (for example, liquid state, solid-liquid mixed state), so that the printing intermediate (or a part of it) is not finally formed, At this time, the printed intermediate is softer and may be deformed more easily.
  • the hardness of the printing intermediate can be hardened, and finally a printed article with a fixed shape is formed.
  • dual curing materials are also referred to as dual curing resins.
  • the dual cure material may include a first component and a second component.
  • the first component can be cured after the first re-curing treatment, while the second component is in an uncured state after the first re-curing treatment, and the second component can be cured after the second re-curing treatment.
  • the first component may include a photocurable resin monomer, oligomer, and/or prepolymer component.
  • the second component may be a component that remains uncured after the completion of the photocuring step.
  • the uncured component can be further cured in a second recuring process (e.g. thermal curing, light curing, moisture curing, etc.) after the first recuring process (e.g. photocuring process) step.
  • a second recuring process e.g. thermal curing, light curing, moisture curing, etc.
  • the dual curing material may further include a third component, and the third component may be a photoinitiator.
  • the photoinitiator may be benzoin ether, dialkylacetophenone, hydroxyalkyl ketone, acyl phosphine oxide, amino ketone, benzophenone, thioxanthone, 1,2 diketone, 1, 7,7-Trimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dione, bis2,6-difluoro-3-pyrrolephenyl titanocene.
  • the photoinitiator used in the present invention is benzoyl phosphine oxide, including TPO, 819, TEPO, 819DW, onium salt, halonium salt, oxoiodonium salt, selenium salt, sulfonium salt, sulfonium oxide salt , Diazonium salt, metallocene salt, isoquinoline salt, phosphonium salt, bell salt, tropylium salt, dialkylphenacylsulfonium salt, thiopyrylium salt, diaryl One or more mixtures of iodonium salt, triarylsulfonium salt, sulfonium antimonate, ferrocene, bis(cyclopentadienyl iron) arene compound, pyridinium salt, and pyridinium salt.
  • the first component may include monomers, oligomers, and/or prepolymers.
  • the monomers of the first component include acrylate, methacrylate, olefin, N-vinyl, acrylamide, methacrylamide, styrene, epoxy, mercaptan, 1,3-diene, halogenated Vinyl, acrylonitrile, vinyl ester, maleimide, vinyl ether, olefin (such as methoxyethylene, 4-methoxystyrene, styrene, 2-methylprop-1-ene, 1, 3-butadiene, etc.), vinyl ether, N-vinyl carbazole, lactone, lactam, cyclic ether (for example, epoxide), cyclic acetal, cyclic siloxane, and containing one or more Oligomers and/or prepolymers of the aforementioned monomers.
  • the first component is a polyurethane prepolymer.
  • the second component may include monomers, oligomers, and/or prepolymers.
  • the monomer, oligomer and/or prepolymer of the second component contains epoxy/amine, epoxy/hydroxy, oxetane/amine, oxetane/alcohol, isocyanate/hydroxy, Isocyanate/amine, isocyanate/carboxylic acid, cyanate ester, acid anhydride/amine, amine/carboxylic acid, amine/ester, hydroxyl/carboxylic acid, hydroxyl/acid chloride, amine/acid chloride, vinyl/Si-H, Si- Cl/hydroxyl, Si-Cl/amine, hydroxyl/aldehyde, amine/aldehyde, methylol or alkoxymethylamide/alcohol, aminoplast, alkyne/azide, click chemistry reactive group, olefin/ Sulfur, olefin/thiol, alkyne/azi
  • the dual-curing material may be a resin material having a dual-component dual-curing mechanism disclosed in US patents US 9,598,606, US 9,453,142, US 9,982,164, US 9,676,963, and US 10,155,882, and the disclosures of the above patents are all incorporated herein by reference.
  • the first component is a reactive blocked polyurethane prepolymer
  • the second component contains groups that can react with isocyanate groups in the polyurethane prepolymer, so that the first component is behind The chain extension reaction occurs during the curing reaction.
  • the second component may include, but are not limited to, one of diols, polyols, diamines, polyamines, and imines.
  • the second component is an imine compound, such as the resin material with a dual-component dual-curing mechanism disclosed in PCT/CN2020/095715. The disclosure of the PCT application is incorporated herein by reference. .
  • the size of the product printed by light-curing molding is generally not larger than the size of the molding table of the light-curing printer.
  • the size of the product printed by light-curing molding will be greatly affected by the light-curing printer.
  • the size limit In some embodiments, in order to print a product with a larger size by light curing, it may be necessary to divide the product into multiple parts and then print them separately, and then apply glue between the parts to bond the parts together. stand up. However, the connection method of directly applying glue may make the connection stability between the various parts poor. At the same time, the use of glue is not conducive to environmental protection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a print and a printing method thereof.
  • the print may include a first part and a second part, and the first part and the second part are connected by an adhesive layer.
  • the first part, the second part, and/or the adhesive layer include a dual-curing material, through this arrangement, the dual curing properties of the first part, the second part and/or the adhesive layer can make the first part and the second part The connection is stronger.
  • the printed part may be a 3D printed part or a 4D printed part.
  • the printed part may be a sole, a whole shoe, a pillow, or other objects that require multiple parts to be printed separately, and then the multiple parts are combined.
  • the printing method provided in the embodiments of the present application is suitable for printing soles, whole shoes, pillows, or other scenes where multiple parts need to be printed separately.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a print according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the print includes a first part 110, a second part 120, and an adhesive layer 130 between the first part 110 and the second part 120.
  • the adhesive layer 130 is used to bond the first part 110 and the second part 120.
  • At least one of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material.
  • a part of the dual-curing material (the first component as described above) can be cured after the first re-curing treatment, and the other part of the dual-curing material (the second component as described above) can be cured in the first Cured after double curing treatment.
  • the printed product in one or more embodiments of this specification refers to the final printed product.
  • the print shown in FIG. 1 refers to the print after the second curing process.
  • the shapes of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same or different.
  • the materials of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same or different.
  • the print may include at least one other part.
  • the print also includes the third part.
  • the print also includes the third part and the fourth part.
  • at least one other part of the print may be connected to the first part 110 and the second part 120 according to the design requirements of the print.
  • an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the second part 120 and the third part, and an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the third part and the fourth part.
  • an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the first part 110 and the third part, and an adhesive layer 130 may also be provided between the first part 110 and the fourth part.
  • the first part 110, the second part 120, and/or the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material, which may include the following situations: among the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130, there may be only
  • the first part 110 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that only the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that only the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that the first portion 110 and the adhesive layer 130 include a dual-curing material;
  • the part 110 and the second part 120 include a dual-curing material; the adhesive layer 130 and the second part 120 may include a dual-curing material; or the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material.
  • the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 do not include a dual curing material.
  • the part of the curing material may include a single curing material (such as a photocurable resin).
  • the photocurable resin mainly includes photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components. For specific descriptions of the photocurable resin monomer components and photocurable oligomer components, please refer to the relevant content above.
  • the first re-curing process may include a photo-curing process
  • the second re-curing process may include any one of a thermal curing process, a photo-curing process, and a moisture curing process.
  • the photo-curing treatment may be to use light (such as ultraviolet light or visible light) to irradiate the dual-curing material.
  • the heat curing treatment may be heat treatment of the dual curing material.
  • the thermal curing treatment may be to place the dual curing material in a preset temperature environment for a preset time. In some embodiments, the preset ambient temperature of the thermal curing process may be 80°C-160°C.
  • the preset ambient temperature of the thermal curing process may be 80°C, 100°C, 112°C, 160°C, and so on.
  • the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 2-24 hours.
  • the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 2 hours, 8 hours, 18 hours, or the like.
  • moisture curing may be to place the dual curing material in a preset humidity environment for a preset time.
  • the relative humidity of the moisture curing treatment may be 50%-95%.
  • the relative humidity of the moisture curing treatment can be 50%, 80%, 95%, and so on.
  • the time of the moisture curing treatment may be 2-24 hours.
  • the time of the moisture curing treatment may be 4 hours, 6 hours, 15 hours, or the like.
  • the dual-curing material may be included.
  • the parts of the cured material (the first part 110 and/or the second part 120) undergo a first re-curing treatment (such as a light curing process), so that a part of the dual-curing material is cured to form a printing intermediate, and then on the printing intermediate The position for connection is coated with an adhesive layer 130.
  • first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as thermal curing treatment, light curing treatment or moisture curing treatment).
  • a second re-curing treatment such as thermal curing treatment, light curing treatment or moisture curing treatment.
  • the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material
  • the adhesive layer 130 also includes a dual-curing material.
  • the laminated layer 130 is subjected to a first re-curing treatment, and then the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment.
  • the adhesive layer 130 is used to connect the printing intermediates obtained after the first re-curing treatment (it can be two printing intermediates, or one printing intermediate and a finished part) ,
  • the printing intermediate and the adhesive layer 130 can be cured together, and the process of the two together curing can make the connection of the first part 110 and the second part 120 through the adhesive layer 130 more stable.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may be applied to the joint between the first part 110 and the second part 120, and then the adhesive layer 130 (or the adhesive layer 130 , The first part 110 and the second part 120) are subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as photo-curing treatment), and then the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment) , Heat curing treatment or moisture curing treatment).
  • a first re-curing treatment such as photo-curing treatment
  • a second re-curing treatment such as a photo-curing treatment
  • Heat curing treatment or moisture curing treatment such as a photo-curing treatment
  • the first part 110 and the second part 120 are subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment), and then the adhesive layer 130 is separately subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment).
  • a first re-curing treatment such as a photo-curing treatment
  • a second re-curing treatment such as a photo-curing treatment
  • the photocurable monomer, oligomer and/or prepolymer component in the dual curing material can undergo polymerization reaction under the catalysis of a photoinitiator due to light radiation during the photocuring process.
  • Liquid photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components can be initially cured to form a printing intermediate (cured by photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components , Which contains uncured ingredients). Since the printing intermediate contains uncured components, the uncured components not only make the surface of the printed intermediate have viscosity but also make the entire printed intermediate soft, which facilitates secondary plasticity. Therefore, based on this performance of the printing intermediate, the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be more stably bonded together by the adhesive layer 130.
  • At least one of the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material. Compared with single-cured materials, double-cured materials have more diverse molecular chain connection methods and tighter connections after curing, and the bonding effect is better. In addition, if the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material, it can be ensured that the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be better bonded.
  • the first part 110 and the second part 120 are bonded through the adhesive layer 130 based on the dual-curing process. Together, the printed parts can be easily recycled and processed, which is conducive to environmental protection.
  • the print includes two parts (for example, the first part 110 and the second part 120) or multiple parts (for example, the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, and the fourth part)
  • the printing At least two of the various parts of the piece include materials with the same or completely the same components.
  • the adhesive layer and at least one of the respective parts include partially or completely the same material.
  • the print when the print includes the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, the fourth part, and the adhesive layer 130, among the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, and the fourth part At least two of the materials include completely or partially identical materials.
  • the adhesive layer and at least one of the first portion 110, the second portion 120, the third portion, and the fourth portion include materials that are completely or partially the same in composition.
  • the materials of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are taken as an example for description.
  • the adhesive layer 130 and the first portion 110 both include a dual-curing material, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the dual-curing material included in the first portion 110.
  • the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may each include the first component, the second component, and the third component as described above.
  • the specific substance of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the first component of the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may be the same.
  • the specific substance of the second component in the curing material may be the same; the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the third component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may also be the same.
  • the composition of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the first part 110.
  • the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the first component.
  • the specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the part 110 is the same, and the specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the third component of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110.
  • the adhesive layer 130 and the second part 120 both include dual-curing materials, and the dual-curing material components included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual-curing material components included in the second portion 120 are at least partially same.
  • the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may each include the first component, the second component, and the third component described above.
  • the specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may be the same, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as that contained in the second part 120
  • the specific substance of the second component of the dual-curing material in the dual-curing material may be the same; the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the specific substance of the third component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120 may also be the same.
  • the composition of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part 120.
  • the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as The specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 is the same, and the specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 It's also the same.
  • the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110, or the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the second part.
  • the components of the dual curing materials included in 120 are at least partially the same, which can simplify the production process of the adhesive layer 130, facilitate the production and production of printed parts, and improve processing efficiency.
  • the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, there is no need to separately manufacture the adhesive layer 130, and the production process is reduced. And after the prints are discarded, there is no need to separately process the adhesive layer 130, which facilitates the recycling of the prints, which is beneficial to the protection of the environment.
  • the composition of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110 is at least partially the same as the composition of the dual curing material contained in the second part 120.
  • the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may both include the first component, the second component, and the third component described above.
  • the specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may be the same.
  • the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may be the same; the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the third component of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may also be the same.
  • the composition of the dual curing material included in the first part 110 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part 120.
  • the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 is the same as the second part.
  • the specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the part 120 is the same, and the specific substance of the third component of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110 is the same as that of the third component of the dual curing material contained in the second part 120.
  • the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 can be Production based on the same or part of the same components can make prints easier to produce and make, and improve processing efficiency.
  • the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, there is no need to separately process the first part 110 and the second part 120 after the print is discarded. , It is convenient to recycle the printed parts, which is conducive to the protection of the environment.
  • the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material
  • the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material component
  • the first part 110 includes a dual-curing material component.
  • the components of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 are at least partially the same.
  • the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may all include the first group described above. Points, the second component and the third component.
  • the specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may be the same, and the first part 110 includes The specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 may be the same; the dual curing material contained in the first part 110, the second component
  • the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 may also be the same.
  • the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material
  • the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material component
  • the first part 110 includes a dual-curing material component.
  • the components of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 are completely the same.
  • the specific substance of the first component of the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 are the same.
  • the first part 110 includes The specific substances of the third component in the dual curing material of the dual curing material, the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 are also the same.
  • the components of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130, the components of the dual-curing material included in the first portion 110, and the components of the dual-curing material included in the second portion 120 are at least partially the same, and the first portion 110 includes The dual-curing material, the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may be made based on the same or partially the same components, which can facilitate the production and manufacture of printed parts and improve processing efficiency.
  • the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, there is no need to separate the first part 110 after the print is discarded.
  • the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are processed, which facilitates the recycling of printed parts, and is beneficial to the protection of the environment.
  • the formulations of the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may all be the same, so that the printing of the three The body has the same physical properties (such as elastic modulus, stiffness, etc.).
  • the formulations of any two of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 can be the same, so that the printing intermediates of the two with the same formulation have the same physical properties (such as elastic modulus, Stiffness, etc.).
  • the formulations of the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may all be different, so that the printed bodies of the three have different physical properties (such as elastic modulus, stiffness, etc.).
  • the first component includes a polyurethane prepolymer
  • the second component includes a group that can react with isocyanate groups in the polyurethane prepolymer, so that the first component will occur during the second curing process.
  • the chain extension reaction generates a three-dimensional network of polyurethane (meth)acrylate polymers.
  • the three-dimensional network of the above polymer may include a copolymer, a polymer blend, an interpenetrating polymer network, a semi-interpenetrating polymer network, or a sequential interpenetrating polymer network.
  • At least one of the parts of the print may have a certain light transmittance.
  • at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 has a certain light transmittance.
  • the first part or the second part having a certain light transmittance can be understood as the first part or the second part can allow a certain light to pass through to varying degrees (for example, completely or partially).
  • the degree to which the first part or the second part allows light to pass through can be expressed by the light transmittance. The greater the light transmittance, it means that more light is allowed to pass through; the lower the light transmittance is, it means that less light is allowed to pass through.
  • one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may allow light to pass through (completely or partially), while the other does not allow light to pass through. In other embodiments, both the first part and the second part may allow light to pass through (completely or partially).
  • the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material or a single-curing material (such as a photocurable resin)
  • the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 that can allow light to pass through allows the light to irradiate the adhesive layer 130, thereby The adhesive layer 130 is subjected to a photocuring process.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be greater than 20%.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 20%, 50%, 80%, or the like.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be greater than 60%.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 90%-95%.
  • the light transmittance of the second part 120 may be similar to the light transmittance of the first part 110.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may both be 80%.
  • the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be different, for example, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 20%, and the light transmittance of the second part 120 may be 90%.
  • the first part 110 may include a light-transmitting material, so that light can pass through the light-transmitting material and irradiate the adhesive layer 130.
  • the light-transmitting material may include a light-curing resin.
  • the first part 110 in order to meet the above-mentioned light transmittance requirement, may include a hollow structure, so that light can directly pass through the hollow structure and irradiate the adhesive layer 130.
  • the hollowing rate can be understood as the ratio of the volume of the hollowed-out part of the first part 110 to the total volume of the hollowed-out structure.
  • the hollow structure may be a hollow grid composed of a plurality of pillars.
  • the size of the hollow grid, the shape of the hollow grid, and the size of the pillars can all be set according to the light transmission requirements and usage requirements of the printed parts. For example, when the first part 110 needs to shield less light, the size of the hollow grid may be larger, the shape of the hollow grid may be a cube and/or the pillars may be thinner. For another example, when the first part 110 needs to be harder, the size of the hollow grid may be smaller, the shape of the hollow grid may be triangular prisms and/or the pillars may be thicker.
  • the hollow structure may also be other hollow structures, such as through-hole structures.
  • the second part 120 may adopt a light-transmitting material or a hollow structure similar to the first part 110. For details, please refer to the relevant description of the light-transmitting material and the hollow structure of the first part 110.
  • the first part 110 when both the first part 110 and the second part 120 allow light to pass through, the first part 110 may include a light-transmitting material, the second part 120 may include a hollow structure, and the first part 110 may include a hollow structure, and the second part 120 may include a hollow structure.
  • the portion 120 includes a light-transmitting material, or both the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 include a light-transmitting material, or both the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 include a hollow structure.
  • the hollow rate of the first part and the second part may be the same or different.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 in the uncured state may be 0.5 mm-10 mm. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 in the uncured state may be 1 mm-5 mm. For example, the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 may be 1 mm, 2 mm, 3.5 mm, 5 mm, or the like. By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 to the above range, it can be ensured that the adhesive layer 130 adheres to the first part 110 and the second part 120 more firmly.
  • the stiffness of the first part 110 is the same as the stiffness of the second part 120. In other embodiments, the rigidity of the first part 110 is different from the rigidity of the second part 120. For example, the stiffness of the first portion 110 may be greater than the stiffness of the second portion 120, or the stiffness of the first portion 110 may be less than the stiffness of the second portion 120. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 is 30N/mm-1190N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm. In other embodiments, the rigidity of the second part 120 is greater than the rigidity of the first part 110.
  • the print may include a shoe sole.
  • the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include an outsole.
  • the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include an insole.
  • the print may include a third part and a fourth part.
  • the first part may include the outsole
  • the second part may include the midsole
  • the third part may include the insole
  • the fourth part may Including insoles.
  • the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include a reinforcement.
  • the print is a whole shoe
  • the first part may include the upper and the second part may include the sole; or the print may include the third and fourth parts, and the first part may include a part of the upper (for example, the upper part), the second part may include another part of the upper (for example, the forefoot part), the third part may include a part of the sole (for example, the midsole), and the fourth part may include another part of the sole (for example, Outsole).
  • the first part and the second part are exemplarily introduced below by taking shoe soles as an example.
  • Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of the disassembled structure of a shoe midsole and a shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Fig. 2b is a schematic diagram of a connection structure of the shoe midsole and the shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the first part may include a midsole 210
  • the second part may include an outsole 220.
  • the lower surface of the midsole 210 may be connected to the upper surface of the outsole 220.
  • the sole may include components such as the outsole 220, the midsole 210, the insole, and the insole.
  • the outsole 220 may also be referred to as an outsole, that is, the outermost layer on the sole that directly contacts the ground, and the midsole 210 may refer to an intermediate structural layer provided on the upper surface of the outsole 220.
  • the upper surface of the midsole 210 may also be provided with an insole, an insole, and the like.
  • Fig. 2c is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a shoe midsole, a shoe outsole, and an adhesive layer according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Fig.
  • the adhesive layer 230 may be located on the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole. Between the upper surface of 220.
  • the dual-curing material may be coated on the lower surface of the midsole 210 and/or the upper surface of the outsole 220, so that the dual-curing material can form the adhesive layer 230 after curing.
  • the midsole 210 may have an upper surface, a lower surface, and a side surface.
  • the upper surface and the lower surface are connected by the side surface, and the midsole 210 and/or the outsole 210 220 may include dual curing materials.
  • the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 may transmit light.
  • the shoe outsole 220 before the shoe outsole 220 is attached to the shoe midsole 210, the shoe outsole 220 may be a bendable sheet structure. When the shoe outsole 220 is attached, the center of the shoe outsole 220 may cover the shoe midsole 210. The bottom surface and the edge portion of the shoe can be bent to cover all or part of the side surface of the midsole 210.
  • the shoe midsole 210 and/or the shoe outsole 220 includes a dual curing material, and a printing intermediate (such as the printing intermediate and/or the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the part including the dual curing material) can be prepared by photocuring. Or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220).
  • the print intermediate contains uncured components.
  • an adhesive layer 230 may be coated at the joint between the two (at this time, the adhesive layer 230 may be in an uncured state in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state. ), the uncured components in the printing intermediate and the coated uncured adhesive layer 230 are cured together to achieve adhesion.
  • the adhesive layer 230 can bond the outsole 220 and the midsole 210.
  • the uncured component facilitates the adhesion of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 .
  • the adhesive layer 230, the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 are subjected to a second curing process, which can cure the uncured components in the dual curing material to form the final print, and complete the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe at the same time.
  • the adhesion of the outsole 220 is not limited to any one of the adhesive layer 230, the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220.
  • the dual curing material of the shoe midsole 210 is uncured
  • the uncured components in the dual curing material of the components and the adhesive layer 230 can be cured and can undergo a curing reaction to form a copolymer, a polymer blend, an interpenetrating polymer network, a semi-interpenetrating polymer network, or a sequential interpenetrating polymer network;
  • the uncured component in the dual-cured material of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the uncured component in the dual-cured material of the adhesive layer 230 can undergo a curing reaction with the single-cured material of the shoe outsole 220 to form a copolymer or blend and polymerize Material, interpenetrating polymer network, semi-interpenetrating polymer network or sequential interpenetrating polymer network. Therefore, the first part and the second part
  • the stiffness of the midsole 210 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the midsole 210 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the outsole 220 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 210.
  • the midsole 210 may include a hollow structure (such as a hollow mesh).
  • the hollow structure includes a plurality of interconnected units (each grid can be understood as a unit), each unit can include a plurality of connecting columns, and adjacent units can be connected to each other by sharing the connecting columns.
  • the multiple units included in the hollow structure may be in the shape of a prism, a pyramid, a tetrahedron, a hexahedron, an octahedron, a hexahedron, an icosahedron, and the like. In other embodiments, the multiple units included in the hollow structure may also have irregular shapes.
  • the shapes and sizes of different units may be the same. In other embodiments, the shapes and sizes of different units may be different.
  • the shoe midsole 210 can have good mechanical properties, and its resilience performance and shock absorption performance are better than those of ordinary foam shoe midsoles.
  • the shoe outsole 220 may be an integrated structure.
  • the integrated shoe outsole 220 may be printed by light curing printing or other 3D printing methods.
  • the shape of the outsole 220 may be consistent with the shape of the lower surface of the midsole 210.
  • the shoe midsole 210 may be placed in the center of the shoe outsole 220 so that the shoe outsole 220 completely covers the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210.
  • the shape of the outsole 220 may be similar to the shape of the lower surface of the midsole 210, but the size of the outsole 220 may be larger than the size of the midsole 210.
  • the shoe midsole 210 can be placed in the central part of the shoe outsole 220 so that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 covers the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 , And bend the edge portion of the shoe sole 220 to cover the side of the shoe midsole 210.
  • the shape and structure of the shoe outsole 220 can be different according to different functions required by the shoe.
  • the outsole 220 may have a continuous surface and completely cover the lower surface of the midsole 210; for another example, the outsole 22012 may have holes, and the outsole 220 may only cover a part of the lower surface of the midsole 210.
  • the shoe outsole 220 may include multiple sub-parts, and each sub-part may have multiple shapes.
  • the shape of the sub-portion may be a sheet shape; for another example, the shape of the sub-portion may be a strip shape.
  • the functions of different subsections can be different.
  • a sheet-shaped sub-part may be used to cover the lower surface of the midsole 210, and a strip-shaped sub-part may be used to cover the side surface of the midsole 210.
  • the sub-part can be a complete and continuous continuous surface, or it can be provided with holes. Multiple sub-parts with different shapes or functions may be separately manufactured and connected together, so that the structural design of the outsole will not be affected by the manufacturing process.
  • the adhesive layer 230 when assembling the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210, you can choose to coat the adhesive layer 230 on a continuous surface, which is not only convenient for operation, but also can prevent the uncured adhesive layer 230 material from flowing into The midsole 210 and/or the outsole 220 are in the gap. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 may be coated on the outsole 220, and then the outsole 220 may be attached to the midsole 210.
  • Sole design is critical to the overall performance of the footwear.
  • the ideal sole should provide support and cushioning for the wearer's foot, and protect the foot from impact by damping during the wearer's activities.
  • the ideal sole should provide good rebound to provide better elasticity and reduce energy loss during dynamic movement of the foot. But buffering and rebounding can sometimes be contradictory.
  • cushioning is to reduce the speed at which the midsole responds to the impact force. It measures how fast the midsole can rebound after receiving the impact energy.
  • shoe soles that can provide good cushioning properties are often made of flexible and elastic materials. Such shoe soles are easily deformed during the wearer's movement, leading to instability.
  • a rigid layer may be used on the sole (such as on the midsole).
  • a rigid layer is provided on the outsole of the footwear product to improve the stability and balance of the footwear product.
  • the surface of the outsole can be equipped with one or more carbon fiber boards as a rigid layer.
  • one or more carbon fiber panels can be inserted into the outsole as a rigid layer.
  • the use of carbon fiber board can improve the performance of footwear products, but this solution also has its limitations. First of all, carbon fiber boards are expensive. Secondly, the laying of carbon fiber boards involves the use of chemical adhesives, which increases the difficulty of recycling and is not conducive to environmental protection.
  • Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the first part may include a midsole 310
  • the second part may include a reinforcement 320.
  • the reinforcement 320 may be added to the midsole 310 (embedded in the midsole 310 or connected to the surface of the midsole 310), and has a volume smaller than that of the midsole 310, and has a stiffness greater than that of the midsole 310. , Used to improve the performance (such as elasticity, stability, cushioning performance) of the shoe midsole 310.
  • the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310.
  • the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in the midsole 310, or the reinforcing member 320 may also be provided on the surface (such as the upper surface, the lower surface or the side edge) of the midsole 310.
  • the reinforcing member 320 can play a role in improving the elasticity of the midsole 310, improving the cushioning performance of the midsole 310, improving the toughness of a specific part of the midsole 310, and improving the supporting force of the midsole 310.
  • the structure and shape of the reinforcement 320 (such as whether a through hole is provided) and the shape can be set according to actual use requirements. For example, the structure and shape of the reinforcement 320 can be determined according to the position of the designed reinforcement 320.
  • the structure, shape, and weight of the reinforcement 320 may be determined according to the design center of gravity position and the design weight of the reinforcement 320.
  • the design center of gravity position and design weight of the reinforcement 320 may be determined based on the use requirements of the midsole 310. For example, when the midsole 310 is used to make the sole of a sports shoe, the design reinforcement 320 is designed to be lighter in weight.
  • the structure and shape of the reinforcement 320 please refer to the relevant content below.
  • At least one of the midsole 310, the reinforcement 320, and the adhesive layer may include a dual curing material.
  • the midsole 310 and/or the reinforcement 320 includes a dual curing material.
  • the midsole 310 provided with the reinforcement 320 not only has a good cushioning function provided by the relatively more flexible and elastic midsole 310, but also can provide additional energy return and stability by the reinforcement 320.
  • the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be 5%-300% greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310, that is, the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 minus the stiffness of the midsole 310 is divided by the stiffness of the midsole 310.
  • the value obtained after the stiffness of the bottom 310 is in the range of 5%-300%.
  • the stiffness of the midsole 310 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm.
  • the stiffness of the midsole 310 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm.
  • the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310.
  • the reinforcement member 320 may include a dual curing material and a fiber material.
  • the fiber material included in the reinforcement 320 may include carbon fiber, glass fiber, SiC fiber, C fiber, Si3N4 fiber, B fiber, B (W core) fiber, SiC (W core) fiber, SiC (C Core) fiber, Al2O3 fiber, polymer fiber, etc.
  • the midsole 310 may include a forefoot portion 311, an arch portion 312, and a heel portion 313 that are sequentially connected from front to back. Understandably, when the user puts on the shoes made of the shoe midsole 310, the forefoot of the user's foot can correspond to the position of the forefoot part 311, and the arch of the user's foot can correspond to the position of the arch part 312. The heel of the user's foot may correspond to the position of the heel 313.
  • the reinforcing member 320 may be provided at any position on the upper surface or the lower surface of the midsole 310. In other embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in any position of the midsole 310 of the shoe.
  • the reinforcement 320 may be provided in the front area of the midsole 310.
  • the front area may refer to the area of the first 1/3 of the midsole of the shoe.
  • the reinforcement member 320 may be provided in the rear area of the midsole 310.
  • the rear area may refer to the area of the rear 1/3 of the midsole of the shoe.
  • the reinforcing member 320 is provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312 and/or the heel portion 313.
  • any one or both of the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313 may be provided with a reinforcing member 320, or the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313 may all be provided with reinforcements 320. There is a reinforcement 320.
  • the thickness of the reinforcement 320 after curing may be 0.05 mm-2 mm.
  • the thickness after curing may be the thickness after the second curing process.
  • the cured thickness may be the thickness of the reinforcing member after curing and molding.
  • the reinforcement includes a photo-curable resin
  • the cured thickness may be the thickness of the photo-curable resin after curing and molding into the reinforcement 320.
  • the reinforcing member 320 can improve the elasticity of the midsole 310, improve the cushioning performance of the midsole 310, improve the toughness of specific parts of the midsole 310, and improve the shoe midsole 310.
  • the supporting force of the sole 310 also ensures that the reinforcing member 320 will not excessively affect the size and structure of the midsole 310.
  • the shape of the cross-section of the reinforcing member 320 perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 310 may be the same as the shape of the midsole 310 perpendicular to the thickness direction.
  • the shape of the cross-section is similar.
  • the size of the reinforcement 320 along the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 310 may be smaller than the size of the midsole 310 along the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction.
  • the reinforcement member 320 may include a sub-forefoot portion 321, a sub-arch portion 322, and a sub-heel portion 323 that are sequentially connected from front to back.
  • the sub-forefoot portion 321 may be located on the forefoot portion 311 of the midsole 310, and the sub-arch portion 322 may be located on the arch portion 312 of the midsole 310.
  • the heel 323 may be located on the heel 313 of the midsole 310.
  • the distance between the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 and the center of gravity of the midsole 310 is less than 1 mm.
  • the line connecting the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 and the center of gravity of the midsole 310 is parallel to the thickness direction.
  • the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 coincides with the center of gravity of the midsole 310. If the position of the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 deviates too much from the position of the center of gravity of the shoe midsole 310, the wearing comfort of the shoe made of the shoe midsole 310 may be affected. The above three ways of setting the position of the center of gravity can all ensure the comfort of the shoe made of the midsole 310 after the reinforcement 320 is provided.
  • Fig. 3b is a schematic structural diagram of a mounting groove of a shoe midsole according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • a mounting groove 314 may be provided on the shoe midsole 310. 314 is used to install the reinforcement 320.
  • the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in the mounting groove 314.
  • the adhesive layer may be located between the inner wall of the mounting groove 314 and the reinforcing member 320.
  • the mounting groove 314 may be provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312 and/or the heel portion 313.
  • the number of mounting grooves 314 may be one or more.
  • the number of the mounting grooves 314 may be three, and the three mounting grooves 314 may be provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313, respectively.
  • the number of the installation grooves 314 may be two, and the two installation grooves may both be provided on the fore palm 311. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3b, the mounting groove 314 is provided on the heel portion 313.
  • the reinforcing member 320 may include a plurality of through holes 324, and each through hole 324 may be along the thickness direction of the reinforcing member 320 (the thickness direction in FIGS. 3c-3h is a direction perpendicular to the paper surface, the same The thickness direction of the midsole 310) penetrates the reinforcing member 320.
  • the position of the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 can also be adjusted to prevent the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 from deviating too much from the center of gravity of the midsole 310.
  • the weight of the reinforcing member 320 can be reduced.
  • other structural designs can also be used to reduce the weight of the reinforcement, for example, a hollow grid is provided on the reinforcement, and the thickness of the reinforcement 320 is reduced.
  • the plurality of through holes 324 may be located at a plurality of different positions of the reinforcement member 320.
  • at least one through hole 324 may be provided on the forefoot part, the arch part and the heel part of the reinforcement member 320.
  • at least one through hole 324 may be provided on any one or both of the forefoot portion 321, the arch portion 322 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320.
  • Figures 3c-3h are schematic diagrams of the shoe midsole and reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application. Figures 3c-3h show a situation where the reinforcement includes a sub-forefoot portion 321, a sub-arch portion 322, and a sub-heel portion 323. . As shown in FIG.
  • both the forefoot portion 321 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320 are provided with a through hole 324.
  • the forefoot portion 321, the arch portion 322 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320 are all provided with a through hole 324.
  • the reinforcing member 320 may also be provided with a notch 325, the notch 325 may penetrate the reinforcing member 320 along the thickness direction of the reinforcing member 320 (the same as the thickness direction of the midsole 310), and the notch 325 may be located in the reinforcing member 320.
  • the forefoot part 321 is provided with a through hole 324
  • the arch part 322 is provided with two through holes 324
  • the heel part 323 is provided with a notch 325
  • the opening of the notch 325 faces the shoe The back side of the midsole 310.
  • the sub-forefoot portion 321 is provided with a plurality of through holes 324, and the shape and size of each through hole 324 are different.
  • Two through holes 324 are provided on the sub-arch portion 322, a notch 325 is provided on the sub-heel portion 323, and the opening of the notch 325 faces the rear side of the midsole 310.
  • the forefoot portion 321 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcement member 320 are both provided with a through hole 324, the forefoot portion 321 is also provided with a notch 325, and the opening of the notch 325 faces the midsole.
  • the front side of 310 The difference between the reinforcing member 320 shown in FIG. 3g and FIG.
  • 3h is that the shape of the through hole 324 and the shape of the notch 325 are different.
  • 3c-3h are only examples of the reinforcing member 320 having through holes 324, and the number, shape, and arrangement positions of the through holes can also be in various situations, which are not further limited in this application.
  • Fig. 4a is a schematic structural diagram of a shoe midsole 410 and a reinforcing member 420 according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the reinforcing member 420 may include a supporting portion 421 and a side wing portion 422.
  • the support portion 421 may be used to support the foot, and the side wing portion 422 may be used to make the connection between the support portion 421 and the midsole 410 more stable.
  • the supporting portion 421 may be provided on the surface (for example, the upper surface or the lower surface) of the midsole 410, and the side wing portion 422 is connected to the side edge of the midsole 410.
  • the midsole 410 may include a central part and an edge part, and the edge part may be arranged around the central part.
  • the central part may be perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 410, and the edge part may be at a certain angle with the central part (such as 90°, 120°, 150°, etc.).
  • the central portion and the edge portion of the midsole 410 are flush in the thickness direction (the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. 4a), and the side flap 422 may cover the outer edge of the midsole 410.
  • the size of the central portion of the midsole 410 in the thickness direction is smaller than the size of the edge portion in the thickness direction.
  • the uppermost position of the side wing portion 422 may be lower than the uppermost position of the inner edge of the midsole 410.
  • the support portion 421 of the reinforcing member 420 when the shoe midsole 410 is combined with a shoe outsole, an insole and other components to form a shoe sole, if the support portion 421 of the reinforcing member 420 is located on the upper surface of the shoe midsole 410, part of the lower surface of the shoe insole It can be attached to the upper surface of the reinforcement 420, and the upper surface of the outsole can be attached to the lower surface of the midsole 410; if the support portion 421 of the reinforcement 420 is located on the lower surface of the midsole 410, the shoe insole A portion of the lower surface of the shoe midsole 410 may be attached to the upper surface of the shoe sole 410, and a portion of the upper surface of the shoe sole may attach to the lower surface of the reinforcing member 420.
  • the thickness of the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may be the same. In other embodiments, the thickness of the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may be different.
  • the number of side wing portions 422 may be one. In some embodiments, the number of side wing portions 422 may be more than two, for example, the number of side wing portions 422 may be 2, 3, 5, and so on. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4a, the number of side wing portions 422 is two. In addition, FIG. 4a shows that two side wings 422 respectively cover the inner edge of the midsole 410.
  • the reinforcement members 420 in FIGS. 4b-4e all include a support portion 421 and a side wing portion 422, the difference lies in the shape of the support portion 421, and The shape of the side wing portion 422 is different.
  • the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may also be provided in other shapes.
  • the shape of the support part 421 and the side wing part 422 may also be designed based on the user's foot type, the user's walking or exercise requirements, and so on.
  • the supporting portion 421 may cover the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch portion 412 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410. Since the width of the arch portion 412 on the plane perpendicular to the thickness direction is generally small, it is prone to twisting. By arranging the reinforcement 420 (supporting portion 421) on the arch portion 412, the arch portion can be effectively prevented from twisting and the shoe can be improved. The stability of the midsole 410.
  • the support portion 421 may cover part or all of the upper surface of the forefoot portion 411 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410; or the support portion 421 may cover the forefoot of the midsole 410 Part 411 (as shown in FIG.
  • the support portion 421 is part or all of the lower surface.
  • the support portion 421 may cover part or all of the upper surface of the heel portion 413 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410, or the support portion 421 may cover the heel portion 413 of the midsole 410 Part or all of the area of the lower surface.
  • Fig. 5a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the reinforcing member 520 may include an upper top portion 521, a lower bottom portion 523 and a connecting portion 522.
  • the connecting portion 522 may be used to connect the upper top 521 and the lower bottom 523, and the upper top 521 and the lower bottom 523 may respectively support the upper side and the lower side of the midsole 510.
  • One end of the upper top portion 521 and one end of the lower bottom portion may be connected by a connecting portion 522.
  • the reinforcement 520 may be U-shaped. In other embodiments, the reinforcing member 520 may be Z-shaped.
  • the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523, and the connecting portion 522 may all be embedded in the heel portion 513 of the midsole.
  • the connecting portion 522 may be located at the front end of the heel portion 513
  • the upper top portion 521 may be located at the upper end of the heel portion 513
  • the lower bottom portion 523 may be located at the lower end of the heel portion 513, which can further improve the cushioning performance of the heel portion 513. Stable performance.
  • a supporting structure 524 may be provided between the upper top portion 521 and the lower bottom portion 523 to increase the stability of the reinforcing member 520.
  • the supporting structure 524 may include a plurality of supporting plates, and the plurality of supporting plates may be connected in sequence, and the angle between two adjacent supporting plates may have an angle.
  • the degree of the included angle between two adjacent support plates may be 30°-150°, for example, the degree of the included angle between two adjacent support plates may be 30°60° , 90°110°, 150°, etc.
  • the two adjacent supporting plates and the upper top 521, and the two adjacent supporting plates and the lower bottom 523 can all form a triangle, which can make the structure of the reinforcement 520 more stable.
  • the reinforcing member 520 may further include an extension portion 525 located on the upper or lower surface of the arch portion 512 (shown in FIG. 5a); or, the extension portion 525 is embedded Inside the arch of the foot 512. That is, when the reinforcing member 520 is located in the heel portion 513, the extension portion 525 may be formed by extending one of the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523, and the connecting portion 522 forward (in the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. 5d). . In some embodiments, when the reinforcement 520 is located at the forefoot portion 511 (shown in FIG.
  • the extension portion 525 may also be extended forward from the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523 or the connecting portion 522 or Extend backwards.
  • the extension 525 can increase the contact area between the reinforcement 520 and the midsole 510, and can help ensure the stability of the midsole 510.
  • the extension portion 525 extends to the arch portion 512, which can enhance the stability of the arch portion 512, so that the arch portion 512 is not easily twisted, thereby ensuring the stability of the midsole 510 sex.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole 610 and a reinforcing member 620 according to still other embodiments of the present application.
  • the reinforcing member 620 may include a first arc-shaped portion 621 and a second arc-shaped portion 622.
  • the first arc-shaped part 621 and the second arc-shaped part 622 may be embedded in the left and right sides of the heel 613 of the midsole 610, respectively.
  • the inner arc surface of the first arc-shaped portion 621 and the inner arc surface of the second arc-shaped portion 622 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • first arc-shaped portion 621 and the second arc-shaped portion 622 may also be embedded in the front side and the back side of the heel portion 613 of the midsole 610, respectively.
  • the reinforcing member 620 may only include the first arc-shaped portion 621 or the second arc-shaped portion 622.
  • FIGS. 5a-5d and FIG. 6 can all be embedded in the mounting groove 314 at the heel portion 313 shown in FIG. 3b.
  • the aforementioned midsoles provided with reinforcements can be further combined with other structures of the soles (such as outsoles, insoles, insoles, etc.) to form a complete sole.
  • the print may include a pillow.
  • the first part can be a part of the pillow, and the second part can be another part of the pillow.
  • the pillow can be split into three or four parts.
  • the printing steps of the pillow are described by taking the example that the first part, the second part, and the adhesive layer of the pillow each include a dual-curing material.
  • the first part and/or the second part of the pillow may include a hollow structure. The shape, structure and size of the first part and the second part of the pillow can be the same or different.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a printing method, which can be used to print the prints described above.
  • the process 700 of the printing method may include the following steps:
  • Step 710 Provide at least one of the first part and the second part.
  • step 710 at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is provided. It may be that only one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is provided, or both of the first part 110 and the second part 120 are provided. Providing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be to obtain the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 that has been manufactured, or to manufacture the first part 110 and/or the second part 120. The first part 110 and the second part 120 can be provided in the same way or differently. For example, one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be manufactured, and the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be obtained and already manufactured.
  • the method of manufacturing the first part 110 and the method of manufacturing the second part 120 may be the same or different.
  • the method of manufacturing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be injection molding, thermocompression molding, 3D printing, or the like.
  • 3D printing may include fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, light curing molding and other methods.
  • providing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 includes: making at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 through a first recuring process in a dual curing molding manner one.
  • the dual-curing molding method may include a first re-curing treatment and a second re-curing treatment.
  • the first re-curing treatment may include a photo-curing treatment.
  • the second curing process may include any one or more of photo curing process, thermal curing process and moisture curing process. It is understandable that at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is produced by the first recuring process of the dual curing molding method.
  • the first part 110 can be produced by the first recuring process, or the first part 110 can be produced by the first
  • the second part 120 is produced by the recuring treatment, and the first part 110 and the second part 120 can also be produced by the first recuring treatment.
  • one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be produced by the first recuring process of the double curing molding method, and the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be produced by other printing methods.
  • other printing methods may be 3D printing methods such as fused deposition molding and laser sintering molding.
  • the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be manufactured by injection molding, hot press molding, or the like.
  • first part 110 and the second part 120 may both be made by other printing methods.
  • both the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be manufactured by injection molding, thermocompression molding, or the like.
  • step 710 may include the following steps: based on a dual curing material, using a first recuring process to make one of the first part 110 and the second part 120; making the first part 110 and the second part 120 The other one.
  • at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may include a dual curing material.
  • a part of the components of the dual-curing material can be cured after the first re-curing treatment.
  • the step of fabricating the other of the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 may include: fabricating the other of the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 based on a dual curing material, using a first recuring process operation . That is, the first part 110 and the second part 120 may each include a dual curing material.
  • the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 may include a single-layer curing material.
  • the single-layer curing material please refer to the relevant content above.
  • step 710 may further include cleaning the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, such as washing with water, and using a centrifuge to make the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 undesirable.
  • the curing component is separated from the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 to ensure the connection effect of the first part 110 and the second part 120.
  • step 720 an adhesive layer 130 is provided on the first part 110 and/or the second part 120.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may be provided only on the first part 110, or the adhesive layer 130 may be provided only on the second part 120, or the adhesive layer may be provided on both the first part 110 and the second part 120. 130.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual-cured material, and in other embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 may include a single-cured material.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may be coated on the joint between the first part 110 and the second part 120.
  • the joint of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be understood as the position where the first part 110 and the second part 120 contact each other when they are connected.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may be coated on the first part 110 for contact with the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may also be coated on the second part 120 for contact with the first part 110.
  • step 730 the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are cured.
  • the first part 110 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured, or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured, or the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured.
  • the three layers 130 are cured.
  • the curing treatment in step 730 may be the first re-curing treatment in a dual-curing molding mode.
  • the curing treatment in step 730 may also be a second-stage curing treatment in a dual-curing molding manner.
  • the first part 110 and the second part 120 when the first part 110 and the second part 120 are made by other printing methods, at this time, the first part 110 and the second part 120 may not include dual curing materials, and the adhesive layer 130 includes dual curing materials.
  • Curing the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include the following steps: curing the adhesive layer 130 and the first part 110 and the second part 120 through a dual curing molding method to achieve The first part 110 and the second part 120 are connected.
  • the curing process of the adhesive layer 130 and the first part 110 and the second part 120 through the dual curing process can be performed by first performing a first curing process (such as a photocuring process) on the above three, and then performing a second curing process on the above three.
  • a first curing process such as a photocuring process
  • Curing treatment (such as light curing treatment, thermal curing treatment or moisture curing treatment).
  • first re-curing process is a photo-curing process
  • only the first re-curing process may be performed on the adhesive layer 130.
  • first recuring process and the second recuring process are both photocuring processes
  • only the first recuring process and the second recuring process may be performed on the adhesive layer 130.
  • step 730 may further include the following steps: attaching the first part 110 to the second part 120 to obtain a combined body; The combined body is subjected to a second curing process to obtain a print. Among them, another part of the dual curing material can be cured after the second curing treatment.
  • the first part 110 and the second part 120 in the assembly may be in a state of being attached together (at this time, the adhesive layer may be in an uncured state, for example, the dual curing material as the adhesive layer is in an uncured state), also It may be in a state of being bonded together (in this case, the bonding layer may be in a partially cured state, for example, a part of the dual curing material as the bonding layer may be in an uncured state).
  • the adhesive layer may be in an uncured state, for example, the dual curing material as the adhesive layer is in an uncured state
  • the bonding layer may be in a partially cured state, for example, a part of the dual curing material as the bonding layer may be in an uncured state.
  • the first part 110 and the second part 120 are kept in a state of being attached, and the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be bonded after the second re-curing treatment.
  • the layers 130 are connected.
  • the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material.
  • the step of attaching the first part 110 and the second part 120 to obtain a combined body may further include the following sub-steps: combining the first part 110 and the second part 120 Laminating; the first part 110 and the second part 120 after being bonded are subjected to a first re-curing treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 to form an assembly.
  • Performing the first recuring treatment on the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 may be subjecting the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 to a photocuring process. After curing a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130, the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be initially connected.
  • the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 may include a light-transmitting structure; or, the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 may include a hollow structure.
  • the step of subjecting the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 to a first recuring treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 may further include: bonding the adhesive through a light-transmitting material or a hollow structure.
  • the laminated layer 130 is irradiated with light to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130.
  • the adhesive layer 130 can be irradiated with light (such as ultraviolet light), so that the adhesive layer 130 is photocured .
  • At least one of the first portion 110, the second portion 120, and the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual curing material.
  • a part of the dual-curing material may be subjected to a first re-curing treatment in step 710 (when the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material), or in step 730 (when the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material) Material) Carry out the first re-curing treatment.
  • another part of the dual curing material can be cured after the second curing treatment.
  • the first re-curing treatment may include a photo-curing treatment.
  • the second curing treatment may include light curing treatment, thermal curing treatment, moisture curing treatment, and the like.
  • the temperature of the thermal curing process is 80°C-160°C.
  • the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 80°C, 100°C, 116°C, 148°C, or the like.
  • the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 2 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, and so on.
  • light curing and moisture curing please refer to the relevant content above.
  • the printing method may include the following steps (taking the first part 110 including a dual-curing material as an example): Based on the dual-curing material, use The first re-curing process produces the first part 110 (part of the first part 110 is cured, and the other part is uncured); the second part 120 is obtained (which can be produced by the method described above or directly obtained The second part of the finished product 120); the adhesive layer 130 is applied to the bonding place of the first part 110 and the second part 120; the first part 110 and the second part 120 are bonded together to form a composite body; A double curing process is performed to cure the adhesive layer 130 and another part of the first part 110 to form a printed article.
  • the printing method may include the following steps (taking the first part 110 including the dual-curing material as Example): Based on the dual-curing material, use the first re-curing process to make the first part 110 (one part of the first part 110 is cured, while the other part is uncured); obtain the second part 120; in the first part 110 and the first part 110 Coat the adhesive layer 130 where the two parts 120 are attached; attach the first part 110 to the second part 120; perform the first re-curing treatment on the adhesive layer 130 (such as through the light-transmitting material or hollowing out as described above) The structure irradiates the adhesive layer 130 with light), so that a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 is cured to form an assembly; the assembly is subjected to a second re-curing treatment so that the other part of the adhesive layer 130 is combined with Another part of the first part 110
  • the printing method is similar to the printing method when the first part 110 and the adhesive layer 130 include dual curing materials.
  • the second part 120 can be made based on a dual-curing material using a first-curing process.
  • the printing method may include the following steps: manufacturing by the above-mentioned injection molding, fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, light curing molding, etc.
  • the first part 110 or the second part 120 or directly obtain the first part 110 and the second part 120 of the finished product; coat the adhesive layer 130 at the joint of the first part 110 and the second part 120; the first part 110 It is attached to the second part 120; the adhesive layer 130 is subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as light-irradiating the adhesive layer 130 through the light-transmitting material or hollow structure described above), so that the adhesive layer 130 is A part of the components are cured to form an assembly; the assembly is subjected to a second recuring treatment to cure another part of the adhesive layer 130 and the other part of the first part 110 to form a print.
  • a first re-curing treatment such as light-irradiating the adhesive layer 130 through the light-transmitting material or hollow structure described above
  • the above-mentioned printing method can be used to print shoe soles.
  • printing shoe soles can be performed according to the following steps:
  • Step a1 Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slicing processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to obtain the light pattern data for photocuring. Configure the dual-curing material required for the photo-curing process.
  • the dual-curing mechanism resin may include a component that can be photo-cured and a component that cannot be photo-cured. Recuring materials, etc.) can transmit light.
  • the three-dimensional model of the midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the outsole 220 may be such that the outsole 220 at least partially covers the lower surface of the midsole 210.
  • the material used to print the midsole 210 may be light-transmissive.
  • Step b1 The dual curing material is added to the light curing printing device, the light pattern data is imported into the light curing printing device, and the printing intermediate is prepared by the light curing printing device, and the printing intermediate contains uncured components.
  • the above-mentioned printing intermediate may be the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the printing intermediate of the shoe sole 220.
  • Step c1 The printing intermediate in step b1 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is used to remove the uncured resin remaining on the surface of the printing intermediate.
  • Step d1. Coating an uncured dual curing material as an adhesive layer 230 on the printing intermediate in step b1.
  • step d1 when the printing intermediate includes the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220, one of the printing intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 may be used.
  • the uncured dual-curing material can also be coated with an uncured dual-curing material, and an uncured dual-curing material can also be coated on both the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220.
  • an uncured dual curing material when the printing intermediate only includes the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210, an uncured dual curing material may also be coated on the shoe outsole 220.
  • an uncured dual curing material when the printing intermediate only includes the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220, an uncured dual curing material may also be coated on the shoe midsole 210.
  • Step e1 Fit the shoe midsole 210 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210) with the shoe outsole 220 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220), and maintain the state of the two being stuck together and pass through.
  • the light material irradiates the dual-cured material used as the adhesive layer 230.
  • the uncured dual-cured material coated in step d1 is photo-cured, and the adhesive layer 230 formed by the dual-cured material is photocured. Contains uncured ingredients;
  • Step f1 Keep the shoe midsole 210 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210) and the shoe outsole 220 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220) in a state of being attached to each other, and perform the second curing process, printing the intermediate, and The uncured components in the adhesive layer 230 are bonded to each other after the second curing process to form a shoe sole.
  • the shape of each section of the outsole 220 perpendicular to the thickness direction of the outsole 220 has little difference. Therefore, the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 or the shoe outsole 220 can be carried out by light-curing 2D printing.
  • the difference between light-curing 2D printing and light-curing 3D printing is that the light pattern of each layer of light-curing 3D printing is possible It will change. After the printing of one layer is completed, the printed material needs to be pulled away from the molding interface to a certain space before the next layer is printed.
  • Light-curing 2D printing does not need to pull the printed material from the molding interface, and can be directly on the light-curing molding surface One or several cured layers are formed to obtain 3D printed objects.
  • the light-curing 2D printing method is suitable for printing with thinner thickness and larger flat area.
  • the printing method of the shoe outsole 220 may be manufactured by a light curing 3D printing method, or may be manufactured by a light curing 2D printing method.
  • the shoe midsole 210 may be prepared by light-curing 3D printing, or may be prepared by light-curing 2D printing.
  • the materials used to make prints can include two types of photocurable materials, one is traditional light curing materials (such as light curing resins), and the other is dual curing materials (such as dual curing resins).
  • the traditional light-curable resin can be light-cured. After the resin with dual curing mechanism is photocured, it also has a component that is still uncured after the photocuring step, and the uncured component can be further cured in the post-curing step (such as the second curing process) after the photocuring step. .
  • the midsole 210, the outsole 220, and the adhesive layer 230 all include dual curing materials, and the method of printing the sole may include the following steps:
  • Step a2 Design a three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and a three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and slice the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing.
  • the dual-curing material required for light-curing printing is configured, wherein the dual-curing material used for printing the shoe outsole 220 and/or the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light.
  • the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 may be such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210, and the shoe outsole 220 The edge portion of the shoe can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210.
  • the dual-curing material used to print the shoe outsole 220 and/or the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light. It can be the dual-cured material used to print the shoe midsole 210. The cured material can transmit light, and it can also be a dual-cured material used to print the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 of the shoe, and both can transmit light.
  • Step b2. Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data into the light curing printing device, and print the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 through the light curing printing device.
  • the dual-curing materials all contain uncured components after the photocuring treatment (the uncured components need to be cured by further light, heating, humidification and other conditions).
  • the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 2D printing device.
  • the components of the dual curing material included in the midsole 210 and the outsole 220 and the content of each component can be adjusted according to the performance requirements of the midsole 210 and the outsole 220.
  • Step c2 The printing intermediate (including the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220) in step b is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove uncured components on the surface of the printing intermediate.
  • Step d2. Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220.
  • the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm.
  • the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • both the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • Step e2 Attach the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 to maintain the state that the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, and proceed to the first Re-curing treatment to obtain a combined body.
  • the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, so that the intermediate print of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom and sides of the intermediate print of the shoe midsole 210.
  • the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-permeable dual-curing material to make the adhesive layer 230 The dual curing material undergoes photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
  • Step f2. Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
  • the uncured components in the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the uncured components contained in the adhesive layer 230 are cured after the second curing process. React to bond to each other.
  • the second re-curing treatment in step f2 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
  • the midsole 210 and the adhesive layer 230 include a dual curing material, and the outsole 220 includes a single curing material (such as a photocurable resin).
  • Printing shoe soles can follow the steps below:
  • Step a3. Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slicing processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 respectively to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing.
  • Two materials required for light-curing printing are respectively configured, and the two materials are dual-curing materials and single-curing materials (such as light-curable resins).
  • the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 are such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210.
  • the edge portion can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210.
  • the single-cured material included in the shoe outsole 220 can transmit light.
  • the dual curing material included in the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light.
  • the single-cured material included in the outsole 220 and the dual-cured material included in the midsole 210 can both transmit light.
  • Step b3. Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data of the shoe midsole 210 into the light curing printing device, and print out the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210; add the single curing material to the light curing In the printing device, the light pattern data of the shoe sole 220 is imported into the light curing printing device to print the shoe sole 220; the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 contains uncured components.
  • the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device.
  • the outsole 220 is printed by a light-curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the midsole 210 is printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediates of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device.
  • the printing intermediates of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • Step c3 The printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 in step b3 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove the remaining uncured components on the surface thereof.
  • Step d3. Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the shoe outsole 220.
  • the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm.
  • the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • both the upper surface of the shoe outsole 220 and the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • Step e3. Attach the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 to the shoe outsole 220, maintain the state of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220, and perform the first curing process to obtain the assembly .
  • the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 fit together, so that the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom surface and the side surface of the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210.
  • the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-transmissive dual-curing material (and/or single-curing). Material) makes the dual curing material of the adhesive layer 230 undergo photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
  • Step f3. Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
  • the uncured component of the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the uncured component contained in the adhesive layer 230 undergo a curing reaction after the second curing treatment to bond to each other and at the same time.
  • the second re-curing treatment in step f3 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
  • the outsole 220 and the adhesive layer 230 include dual-curing materials
  • the midsole 210 includes a single-curable material (such as photocurable resin), and printing the sole can be performed as follows:
  • Step a4 Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slice processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 respectively to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing.
  • Two materials required for light-curing printing are respectively configured, and the two materials are dual-curing materials and single-curing materials (such as light-curable resins).
  • the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 are such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210.
  • the edge portion can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210.
  • the single-cured material included in the midsole 210 can transmit light.
  • the dual curing material included in the shoe outsole 220 can transmit light.
  • both the single-cured material included in the midsole 210 and the dual-cured material included in the outsole 220 can transmit light.
  • Step b4 Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data of the shoe outsole 220 into the light curing printing device, and print out the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220; add the single curing material to the light curing device In the printing device, the light pattern data of the shoe midsole 210 is imported into the light curing printing device to print the shoe midsole 210; the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 contains uncured components.
  • the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 is printed by a light-curing 3D printing device, and the midsole 210 is printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device.
  • the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
  • Step c4 The printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 in step b4 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove the remaining uncured components on the surface thereof.
  • Step d4 Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220.
  • the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm.
  • the lower surface of the midsole 210 may be coated with a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • both the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
  • Step e4 Bonding the printed intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to maintain the state of being attached to the printed intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220, and perform the first curing process to obtain a combined body.
  • the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, so that the printed intermediate body of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom and sides of the shoe midsole 210.
  • the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-transmissive dual-curing material (and/or single-curing). Material) makes the dual curing material of the adhesive layer 230 undergo photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
  • Step f4 Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
  • the uncured component of the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the uncured component contained in the adhesive layer 230 undergo a curing reaction after the second curing treatment to bond to each other and at the same time.
  • the second re-curing treatment in step f4 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
  • the adhesive layer 230 includes a dual-curing material, so in the step of printing shoe soles, the adhesive layer 230 undergoes the first re-curing treatment (such as light) in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4. Curing process), and then in steps f1, f2, f3, and f4, a second re-curing process (such as a thermal curing process) is performed.
  • the adhesive layer 230 formed by the dual-curing material is completely cured and the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are respectively Gluing.
  • the adhesive layer 230 has exactly the same composition as the dual curing material included in at least one of the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210, which not only improves the adhesive effect after the second curing treatment. , And can avoid factors such as texture difference, color difference and other factors affecting the overall appearance of the sole, and it is easy to recycle, which is beneficial to environmental protection.
  • the components of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 230, the shoe outsole 220, and the shoe midsole 210 are completely the same, and the dual curing material may be transparent.
  • the shoe outsole 220 (and/or the shoe midsole 210) is transparent and has high light transmittance, this not only improves the adhesion effect of the adhesive layer 230 after the first curing treatment (such as light curing), but also makes The overall appearance of the sole is more personalized.
  • the adhesive layer 230 may include a single-curing material, and the curing process of the single-curing material may be the same as the first curing process or the second curing process of the dual curing material. The processing is the same.
  • the adhesive layer 230 may be a light-curable resin.
  • the adhesive layer 230 may be light-cured in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4, and the light-curable resin is completely cured.
  • the adhesive layer 230 is bonded to the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 respectively.
  • the adhesive layer 230 may be a thermosetting resin.
  • the light operation in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4 may be omitted, and the second re-curing process is directly performed, and the light-curing resin
  • the fully cured adhesive layer 230 is respectively adhered to the outsole 220 and the midsole 210.
  • the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 may be made of a light-transmitting material, and light can be irradiated to the adhesive layer 230 through the light-transmitting material.
  • the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is greater than 20%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is greater than 60%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is 90%-95%.
  • light such as ultraviolet light
  • the dual curing material of the laminated layer 230 can be fully photocured.
  • the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 can be kept in contact with each other during the second curing process through a mold.
  • the mold can be provided with grooves that match the shape and size of the shoe sole (such as shoe outsole 220, shoe midsole 210).
  • steps d1, d2, d3, and d4 the shoe can be large After the sole 220 and the shoe midsole 210 are fitted together, they are fitted into the groove together, and then the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210 placed in the mold are subjected to a second curing process together.
  • the first re-curing treatment (light curing) can be implemented by an ultraviolet light box.
  • the irradiation time of photocuring can be 5s-15s.
  • the second re-curing treatment may include one or more operations such as heating, radiation, humidification, etc., which may be specifically based on the non-photocuring group in the dual-curing material.
  • the characteristics of the parts to choose the specific operation of the second curing treatment may include one or more operations such as heating, radiation, humidification, etc., which may be specifically based on the non-photocuring group in the dual-curing material.
  • the dual cure material includes acrylate, benzophenone (photoinitiator), and thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer rubber (TPU).
  • the operation of the second curing treatment may be heating (ie, thermal curing treatment).
  • the heating time may be 6-12 hours.
  • the heating temperature may be 80°C-160°C.
  • the cleaning process may include using a centrifuge, a spin dryer, or the like to remove uncured components on the surface of the printing intermediate.
  • the pillow when the print is a pillow, can be printed according to the following steps: based on a dual curing material, using a first curing process (such as a light curing process) to print out the first part 110 of the pillow; based on a dual curing material , Use the second curing process (such as light curing process) to print out the second part 120 of the pillow; apply an adhesive layer 130 where the first part 110 and the second part 120 are attached, and connect the first part 110 to the second part 120
  • the two parts 120 are bonded together; the adhesive layer 130 is irradiated with light through the hollow structure (such as using an ultraviolet lamp), so that the adhesive layer 130 is initially cured (including uncured components); the bonded first part 110 Perform a second re-curing treatment with the second part 120 (for example, put it in an oven for thermal curing treatment), so that the first part 110 and the second part 120 are connected stably to obtain a pillow.
  • the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 may be put into a mold, and then the first part 110 and the second part 120 in the mold may be put into an oven for thermal curing.
  • the first part 110 may be located above the second part 120 so that the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be adhered more closely under the gravity of the first part 110.
  • the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 120° C., and the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 8 hours.
  • this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application.
  • “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, and/or “some embodiments” mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “one embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. .
  • some features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application can be appropriately combined.
  • numbers describing the number of ingredients and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifier "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. Retouch. Unless otherwise stated, “approximately”, “approximately” or “substantially” indicate that the number is allowed to vary by ⁇ 20%.
  • the numerical parameters used in the description and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values can be changed according to the required characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameter should consider the prescribed effective digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.

Abstract

A printed object and a printing method therefor. The printed object comprises: a first part (110), a second part (120), and an adhesive layer (130) located between the first part (110) and the second part (120), at least one of the first part (110), the second part (120), and the adhesive layer (130) comprising a dual curing material.

Description

一种打印件及其打印方法Printed piece and printing method thereof
交叉引用cross reference
本申请要求2020年5月21日递交的中国申请202010436000.1以及2020年5月13日递交的美国申请63/024,511的优先权,其所有内容通过引用的方式包含于此。This application claims the priority of the Chinese application 202010436000.1 filed on May 21, 2020 and the U.S. application 63/024,511 filed on May 13, 2020, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及3D打印技术领域,特别涉及一种打印件及其打印方法。This application relates to the field of 3D printing technology, and in particular to a print and a printing method thereof.
背景技术Background technique
3D打印技术是快速成型技术,它是一种以数字模型文件为基础,运用粉末状金属、树脂或塑料等可粘合材料,通过逐层打印的方式来构造物体的技术。3D打印技术通常是采用3D打印机来实现。3D printing technology is a rapid prototyping technology, which is based on digital model files, using powdered metal, resin or plastic and other bondable materials to construct objects by printing layer by layer. 3D printing technology is usually realized by using a 3D printer.
在3D打印技术中(如光固化打印),如果出现产品的体积过大、结构较为复杂或各部分材质不同的情况,可能需要分别对多个部件进行打印,再将多个部件通过粘合剂组合起来。如何能够将分别打印的多个部件更加稳定地组合起来,是本领域亟待解决的技术问题。In 3D printing technology (such as light curing printing), if the product is too large, the structure is more complicated, or the material of each part is different, it may be necessary to print multiple parts separately, and then pass the multiple parts through the adhesive Combine it. How to more stably combine multiple parts printed separately is a technical problem to be solved urgently in this field.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本说明书的一个方面提供一种打印件,其包括第一部分、第二部分以及位于所述第一部分和第二部分之间的粘合层;所述第一部分、所述第二部分、所述粘合层中的至少一个包括双重固化材料。One aspect of this specification provides a print, which includes a first part, a second part, and an adhesive layer located between the first part and the second part; the first part, the second part, and the adhesive At least one of the laminates includes a dual curing material.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料;所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分与所述第一部分所包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同;或者,所述第二部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料,所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分与所述第二部分所包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。In some embodiments, the first part and the adhesive layer both include a dual-curing material; the adhesive layer includes a dual-curing material component and the first part includes a dual-curing material component At least part of the same; or, the second part and the adhesive layer both include a dual-curing material, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer has a composition that is different from the dual-curing material included in the second part. The components are at least partially the same.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分、所述第二部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料,所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分、所述第一部分包括的双重固化材料的组分以及所述第二部分包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。In some embodiments, the first part, the second part, and the adhesive layer all include a dual-curing material, the adhesive layer includes a dual-curing material component, and the first part includes a dual-curing material. The composition of the curing material and the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part are at least partially the same.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分和所述第二部分均包括双重固化材料,所述第一部分包含的双重固化材料的组分与所述第二部分包含的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。In some embodiments, the first part and the second part both include a dual curing material, and the components of the dual curing material contained in the first part are at least partially at least partially same.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分的刚度与所述第二部分的刚度不同。In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part is different from the stiffness of the second part.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分的透光率大于20%。In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part and/or the second part is greater than 20%.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括透光材料;或者,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括镂空结构。In some embodiments, the first part and/or the second part includes a light-transmitting material; or, the first part and/or the second part includes a hollow structure.
在一些实施例中,所述粘合层在已固化状态下的厚度为1mm-5mm。In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer in a cured state is 1 mm-5 mm.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分包括鞋中底,所述第二部分包括鞋大底;所述鞋中底的下表面与所述鞋大底的上表面相连;所述粘合层位于所述鞋中底的下表面与所述鞋大底的上表面之间。In some embodiments, the first part includes a shoe midsole, and the second part includes a shoe outsole; the lower surface of the shoe midsole is connected to the upper surface of the shoe outsole; the adhesive layer is located at Between the lower surface of the shoe midsole and the upper surface of the shoe sole.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分包括鞋中底,所述第二部分包括增强件,所述增强件的刚度大于所述第二鞋中底的刚度;所述增强件嵌入所述鞋中底内,或者,所述增强件设于所述鞋中底的表面。In some embodiments, the first part includes a midsole, the second part includes a reinforcement, the rigidity of the reinforcement is greater than the rigidity of the second midsole; the reinforcement is embedded in the shoe In the sole, or, the reinforcing member is provided on the surface of the midsole of the shoe.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件的刚度比所述鞋中底部的刚度大5%-300%。In some embodiments, the stiffness of the reinforcement is 5%-300% greater than the stiffness of the bottom of the shoe.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件包括双重固化材料和纤维材料。In some embodiments, the reinforcement includes a dual curing material and a fiber material.
在一些实施例中,所述鞋中底包括由前至后依次设置的前掌部、足弓部和后跟部,所述增强件设于所述前掌部、所述足弓部和所述后跟部中的至少一个上。In some embodiments, the shoe midsole includes a forefoot, an arch, and a heel that are sequentially arranged from front to back, and the reinforcement is provided on the forefoot, the arch and the heel. At least one of the heels.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件在固化后的厚度为0.05mm-2mm。In some embodiments, the thickness of the reinforcement after curing is 0.05 mm-2 mm.
在一些实施例中,所述前掌部、所述足弓部和/或所述后跟部上设有安装凹槽,所述安装凹槽用于安装所述增强件。In some embodiments, the forefoot portion, the arch portion and/or the heel portion are provided with mounting grooves, and the mounting grooves are used for mounting the reinforcement member.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件的重心与所述鞋中底的重心的连线平行于所述鞋中底厚度方向。In some embodiments, the line connecting the center of gravity of the reinforcement member and the center of gravity of the midsole is parallel to the thickness direction of the midsole.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件包括多个通孔,每个所述通孔均沿所述鞋中底的厚度方向贯穿所述增强件。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member includes a plurality of through holes, and each of the through holes penetrates the reinforcing member along the thickness direction of the midsole.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件包括支撑部和与所述支撑部相连的侧翼部;所述支撑部设于所述鞋中底的上表面或下表面,所述侧翼部与所述鞋中底的侧边缘。In some embodiments, the reinforcement includes a support portion and a side wing portion connected to the support portion; the support portion is provided on the upper or lower surface of the shoe midsole, and the side wing portion is connected to the shoe The side edges of the midsole.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑部位于所述足弓部的上表面或下表面。In some embodiments, the supporting part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件包括上顶部、下底部和连接部,所述上顶部的一端与所述下底部的一端通过所述连接部相连;所述上顶部、下底部和连接部中的至少一个与所述鞋中底连接。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member includes an upper top portion, a lower bottom portion, and a connecting portion, and one end of the upper top portion and one end of the lower bottom portion are connected by the connecting portion; the upper top portion, the lower bottom portion, and the connecting portion At least one of them is connected to the midsole of the shoe.
在一些实施例中,所述上顶部、所述下底部和所述连接部均嵌入所述后跟部内。In some embodiments, the upper top portion, the lower bottom portion, and the connecting portion are all embedded in the heel portion.
在一些实施例中,所述连接部位于所述后跟部的前端,所述上顶部位于所述后 跟部的上端,所述下底部位于所述后跟部的下端。In some embodiments, the connecting portion is located at the front end of the heel portion, the upper top portion is located at the upper end of the heel portion, and the lower bottom portion is located at the lower end of the heel portion.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件还包括延伸部;所述延伸部位于所述足弓部的上表面或下表面;或者,所述延伸部嵌入所述足弓部内。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member further includes an extension part; the extension part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part; or the extension part is embedded in the arch part.
在一些实施例中,所述增强件包括第一弧形部和第二弧形部,所述第一弧形部和所述第二弧形部分别嵌入所述后跟部的左右两侧,且所述第一弧形部的内弧面和所述第二弧形部的内弧面相对设置。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member includes a first arc-shaped part and a second arc-shaped part, the first arc-shaped part and the second arc-shaped part are respectively embedded in the left and right sides of the heel part, and The inner arc surface of the first arc-shaped portion and the inner arc surface of the second arc-shaped portion are arranged opposite to each other.
在一些实施例中,所述打印件包括枕头。In some embodiments, the print includes a pillow.
本说明书的另一个方面还提供一种打印件的打印方法,其包括以下步骤:提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个;在所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分上设置粘合层;对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理。Another aspect of this specification also provides a printing method of a print, which includes the following steps: providing at least one of a first part and a second part; and setting an adhesive on the first part and/or the second part Layer; curing the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer.
在一些实施例中,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:通过双重固化成型方式的第一次固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的至少一个。In some embodiments, the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: making at least one of the first part and the second part by a first curing process in a dual curing molding manner.
在一些实施例中,通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分。In some embodiments, the first part and the second part are produced by a first re-curing process in a dual-curing molding manner.
在一些实施例中,通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分的其中一个,使用其他打印方式制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个。In some embodiments, one of the first part and the second part is made by the first re-curing process of the dual curing molding method, and the first part and the second part are made by other printing methods. The other one.
在一些实施例中,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:通过其他打印方式制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分;所述对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理,包括:通过双重固化处理对所述粘合层以及所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行固化处理,以实现所述第一部分和所述第二部分的连接。In some embodiments, the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: making the first part and the second part by other printing methods; The curing process of the second part and the adhesive layer includes: curing the adhesive layer and the first part and the second part through a dual curing process to realize the first part and the The second part of the connection.
在一些实施例中,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理而制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的一个;其中,所述双重固化材料的一部分组分能够在第一重固化处理后实现固化;制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个;所述在所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分上设置粘合层,包括:在所述第一部分与所述第二部分的贴合处涂覆粘合层,并将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合而获得组合体;所述对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理,包括:将所述组合体进行第二重固化处理,以获得打印件;其中,所述双重固化材料的另一部分组分能够在第二重固化处理后实现固化。In some embodiments, the providing at least one of the first part and the second part includes: manufacturing one of the first part and the second part using a first recuring process based on a dual curing material; Wherein, a part of the components of the dual curing material can be cured after the first recuring treatment; the other of the first part and the second part is made; the first part and/or the first part The second part is provided with an adhesive layer, including: coating an adhesive layer on the bonding place of the first part and the second part, and bonding the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body The curing process of the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer includes: subjecting the combination to a second recuring process to obtain a print; wherein, the double Another part of the curing material can be cured after the second curing process.
在一些实施例中,,所述制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个,包括: 基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理操作而制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个。In some embodiments, the manufacturing the other of the first part and the second part includes: manufacturing the first part and the second part using a first recuring process based on a dual curing material The other one in the section.
在一些实施例中,所述第一重固化处理操作包括光固化处理。In some embodiments, the first recuring treatment operation includes a photocuring treatment.
在一些实施例中,所述第二重固化处理包括热固化处理、光固化处理和湿固化处理中的任一种。In some embodiments, the second recuring process includes any one of thermal curing process, light curing process and moisture curing process.
在一些实施例中,所述热固化的温度为80℃-160℃。In some embodiments, the thermal curing temperature is 80°C-160°C.
在一些实施例中,所述粘合层包括双重固化材料。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer includes a dual curing material.
在一些实施例中,所述将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合而获得组合体,包括:将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合;将贴合后的所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行第一重固化处理而使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化,以获得组合体。In some embodiments, the attaching the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body includes: attaching the first part and the second part; attaching the attached first part to the second part; One part and the second part are subjected to a first recuring treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer to obtain an assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括透光结构;或者,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括镂空结构;将贴合后的所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行第一重固化处理而使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化,包括:通过所述透光结构或所述镂空结构对所述粘合层进行光照射,以使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化。In some embodiments, the first part and/or the second part includes a light-transmitting structure; or, the first part and/or the second part includes a hollow structure; the first part after being bonded Performing a first re-curing treatment with the second part to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer includes: irradiating the adhesive layer with light through the light-transmitting structure or the hollow structure, so that A part of the components of the adhesive layer is cured.
在一些实施例中,将所述组合体进行第二重固化处理,包括:将所述组合体放入模具中,将放在在所述模具中的所述组合体进行第二重固化处理。In some embodiments, subjecting the combined body to a second re-curing treatment includes: putting the combined body into a mold, and subjecting the combined body placed in the mold to a second re-curing treatment.
附图说明Description of the drawings
本申请将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明,这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的,在这些实施例中,相同的编号表示相同的结构,其中:This application will be further described in the form of exemplary embodiments, and these exemplary embodiments will be described in detail with the accompanying drawings. These embodiments are not restrictive. In these embodiments, the same number represents the same structure, in which:
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的3D打印件的结构示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 3D printed part according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2a是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和鞋大底的拆解结构示意图;Figure 2a is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of a shoe midsole and a shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2b是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和鞋大底的连接结构示意图;Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the shoe midsole and the shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2c是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底、鞋大底和粘合层的结构示意图;Fig. 2c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole, a shoe outsole and an adhesive layer according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3a是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3a is a schematic view of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3b是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底的安装凹槽的结构示意图;Fig. 3b is a schematic structural diagram of a mounting groove of a shoe midsole according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3c是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3d是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3d is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3e是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3e is a schematic view of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3f是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3f is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3g是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3g is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3h是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图;Figure 3h is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application;
图4a是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的立体结构示意图;Fig. 4a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
图4b是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 4b is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to other embodiments of the present application;
图4c是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 4c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
图4d是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 4d is a schematic diagram of the structure of a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
图4e是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 4e is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to other embodiments of the present application;
图5a是根据本申请又一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的立体结构示意图;Fig. 5a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application;
图5b是根据本申请又一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 5b is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to still other embodiments of the present application;
图5c是根据本申请又一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 5c is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcing member according to still other embodiments of the present application;
图5d是根据本申请又一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图;Fig. 5d is a schematic structural diagram of a reinforcement according to still other embodiments of the present application;
图6是根据本申请再一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的立体结构示意图;Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to still other embodiments of the present application;
图7是根据本申请一些实施例所示的3D打印方法的流程图。Fig. 7 is a flowchart of a 3D printing method according to some embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例,对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明,图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some examples or embodiments of the application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, without creative work, the application can be applied to the application according to these drawings. Other similar scenarios. Unless it is obvious from the language environment or otherwise stated, the same reference numerals in the figures represent the same structure or operation.
应当理解,本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模块”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。然而,如果其他词语可实现相同的目的,则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。It should be understood that the “system”, “device”, “unit” and/or “module” used herein is a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts, or assemblies of different levels. However, if other words can achieve the same purpose, the words can be replaced by other expressions.
如本申请和权利要求书中所示,除非上下文明确提示例外情形,“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数,也可包括复数。一般说来,术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素,而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列,方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。As shown in the present application and claims, unless the context clearly indicates exceptions, the words "a", "an", "an" and/or "the" do not specifically refer to the singular, but may also include the plural. Generally speaking, the terms "including" and "including" only suggest that the clearly identified steps and elements are included, and these steps and elements do not constitute an exclusive list, and the method or device may also include other steps or elements.
本申请中使用了流程图用来说明根据本申请的实施例的系统所执行的操作。应当理解的是,前面或后面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。相反,可以按照倒序或同 时处理各个步骤。同时,也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中,或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。In this application, a flowchart is used to illustrate the operations performed by the system according to the embodiment of the application. It should be understood that the preceding or following operations are not necessarily performed precisely in order. Instead, the steps can be processed in reverse order or at the same time. At the same time, you can also add other operations to these processes, or remove a step or several operations from these processes.
3D打印技术广泛应用于各个领域。例如,可以利用3D打印技术生产鞋底、整鞋、枕头等生活用品。又例如,可以利用3D打印技术生产桌面摆件、模型等工艺品。在一些实施例中,可以采用熔融沉积成型、激光烧结成型、光固化成型等3D打印方式打印出产品。在一些实施例中,光固化成型技术可以包括双重固化技术成型和单重固化成型技术。3D printing technology is widely used in various fields. For example, 3D printing technology can be used to produce shoe soles, whole shoes, pillows and other daily necessities. For another example, 3D printing technology can be used to produce desktop ornaments, models and other handicrafts. In some embodiments, 3D printing methods such as fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, and light curing molding may be used to print the product. In some embodiments, the light-curing molding technology may include dual-curing technology molding and single-curing molding technology.
熔融沉积成型是将丝状材料(如热塑性塑料、蜡或金属的熔丝)从加热的喷嘴挤出,按照零件每一层的预定轨迹,以固定的速率进行熔体沉积的成型方法。激光烧结成型是以激光为热源对粉末压坯进行烧结的成型技术。Fused deposition molding is a molding method in which filamentous materials (such as thermoplastics, wax or metal fuses) are extruded from a heated nozzle, and the melt is deposited at a fixed rate according to the predetermined trajectory of each layer of the part. Laser sintering molding is a molding technology that uses laser as a heat source to sinter powder compacts.
光固化成型(StereoLithographyAppearance,SLA或SL)是用特定波长与强度的激光聚焦到光固化材料表面而使得光固化材料快速固化的成型技术体。主要是使用液体打印原料作为原材料,光固化成型利用液体打印原料在特定波长与强度的激光束照射下会快速固化的特性来实现物体的打印。光源一般选用紫外光,打印原料在特定波长的紫外光(250nm~400nm)照射下引起聚合反应,完成固化。光固化打印的步骤可以为:先将三维模型在一个方向进行分层处理,从而获取每层的轮廓信息或者图像信息,然后通过光源来将光图案照射到打印原材料上,原材料中的打印原料受到光照射后,发生聚合反应(光固化)形成固化层,该层光图案固化完成后,再进行下一层的固化,重复迭代,最后形成一个完整打印件。光固化3D打印根据所用的打印材料的不同能够广泛应用于多种领域。目前数字光处理技术(DLP技术)也应用到光固化打印中,使其打印精度得到提高。由弹性光敏树脂打印的镂空的晶格结构具有较好的机械性能,可以应用于鞋中底(特别是运动鞋),具有良好耐磨度的光敏树脂能够打印鞋大底,采用光固化打印鞋底所制的鞋子不仅给用户带来很好的穿着体验,而且在生产上免去了高消耗的开模阶段,故光固化打印鞋具有很好的市场前景。Stereo Lithography Appearance (Stereo Lithography Appearance, SLA or SL) is a molding technology that uses a laser with a specific wavelength and intensity to focus on the surface of a photocurable material to quickly cure the photocurable material. It mainly uses liquid printing materials as raw materials, and photo-curing molding uses the characteristics of liquid printing materials to quickly solidify under the irradiation of a laser beam of a specific wavelength and intensity to achieve the printing of objects. Generally, ultraviolet light is used as the light source, and the printing material is irradiated with a specific wavelength of ultraviolet light (250nm-400nm) to cause polymerization reaction and complete curing. The step of light curing printing can be as follows: first layer the three-dimensional model in one direction to obtain the contour information or image information of each layer, and then irradiate the light pattern on the printing material through the light source, and the printing material in the raw material is affected by After the light is irradiated, a polymerization reaction (light curing) occurs to form a cured layer. After the curing of the light pattern of this layer is completed, the next layer is cured, and the iteration is repeated, and finally a complete print is formed. Light-curing 3D printing can be widely used in a variety of fields depending on the printing materials used. At present, digital light processing technology (DLP technology) is also applied to light curing printing to improve its printing accuracy. The hollow lattice structure printed by elastic photosensitive resin has good mechanical properties and can be applied to shoe midsoles (especially sports shoes). The photosensitive resin with good abrasion resistance can print shoe outsoles and use light curing to print shoe soles. The manufactured shoes not only bring a good wearing experience to users, but also eliminate the high-consumption mold opening stage in production, so light-curing printed shoes have a good market prospect.
单重固化成型可以是指仅仅通过光固化即可实现最终成型的固化成型方式。双重固化成型可以是两种固化成型方式的结合,例如,可以是光固化成型与其他固化成型方式(如光固化成型、热固化成型和湿固化成型等)的结合。双重固化成型是使用双重固化材料,基于双重固化处理而实现最终成型的固化成型方式。双重固化成型所使用的双重固化材料可以在第一重固化处理(如光固化处理)后初步成型而形成打印中间体,打印中间体包含未固化的组分。在对打印中间体进行第二重固化处理后,可以使得打印 中间体的未固化的组分固化,以形成最终的打印件。Single curing molding may refer to a curing molding method in which final molding can be achieved only by light curing. Dual curing molding may be a combination of two curing molding methods, for example, it may be a combination of light curing molding and other curing molding methods (such as light curing molding, thermal curing molding, moisture curing molding, etc.). Dual-curing molding is a curing molding method that uses dual-curing materials to achieve final molding based on dual-curing treatment. The dual-curing material used in dual-curing molding can be preliminarily molded after the first-curing treatment (such as light-curing treatment) to form a printing intermediate, and the printing intermediate contains uncured components. After the second-stage curing process is performed on the printing intermediate, the uncured components of the printing intermediate can be cured to form the final print.
光固化成型技术(单重固化成型技术或双重固化成型技术)由于其打印精度高、加工效率高而被广泛使用。在一些实施例中,光固化成型可以基于液态或固液混合态的单重固化材料(如光固化树脂)完成。单重固化材料是指通过单次固化处理即可整体发生固化反应的材料,单次固化处理可以是光固化处理、热固化处理等。在另一些实施例中,光固化成型也可以基于液态或固液混合态的双重固化材料完成。Light-curing molding technology (single-curing molding technology or dual-curing molding technology) is widely used due to its high printing accuracy and high processing efficiency. In some embodiments, the light-curing molding can be completed based on a single-curable material (such as light-curing resin) in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state. A single curing material refers to a material that can undergo a curing reaction as a whole through a single curing treatment, and the single curing treatment may be a light curing treatment, a thermal curing treatment, and the like. In other embodiments, the light-curing molding can also be completed based on a dual-curing material in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state.
双重固化材料可以是指经过双重固化处理后实现完全固化的材料。例如,当双重固化材料经过第一重固化处理后,双重固化材料可以初步固化而形成打印中间体。第一重固化处理后形成的打印中间体仍有一部分组分处于未固化或未完全固化状态(例如,液体状态、固液混合状态),使得打印中间体(或其某一部分)未最终成型,此时打印中间体较软,且可能较容易发生变形。将第一重固化处理后得到的打印中间体进一步进行第二重固化处理后,打印中间体的硬度可以变硬,并最终形成形状固定的打印件。在一些实施例中,双重固化材料也被称为双重固化树脂。The dual-curing material may refer to a material that is completely cured after undergoing a dual-curing treatment. For example, after the dual curing material undergoes the first curing process, the dual curing material can be initially cured to form a printing intermediate. Some of the components of the printing intermediate formed after the first re-curing treatment are still in an uncured or incompletely cured state (for example, liquid state, solid-liquid mixed state), so that the printing intermediate (or a part of it) is not finally formed, At this time, the printed intermediate is softer and may be deformed more easily. After the printing intermediate obtained after the first curing treatment is further subjected to the second curing treatment, the hardness of the printing intermediate can be hardened, and finally a printed article with a fixed shape is formed. In some embodiments, dual curing materials are also referred to as dual curing resins.
在一些实施例中,双重固化材料可以包括第一组分和第二组分。第一组分可以在第一重固化处理后固化,而第二组分在第一重固化处理后处于未固化状态,第二组分可以在第二重固化处理后固化。在一些实施例中,第一组分可以包括可光固化的树脂单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物组分。在一些实施例中,第二组分可以是在光固化步骤结束后仍然未固化的组分。该未固化的组分可以在第一重固化处理(如光固化处理)步骤之后的第二重固化处理(如热固化、光固化或湿固化等)中可以进行进一步固化。在一些实施例中,双重固化材料中还可以包括第三组分,第三组分可以是光引发剂。在一些实施例中,光引发剂可以是安息香醚、二烷基苯乙酮、羟烷基酮、酰基氧化膦、氨基酮、二苯甲酮、噻吨酮、1,2二酮、1,7,7-三甲基-二环[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3-二酮、双2,6-二氟-3-吡咯苯基二茂钛。在一些实施例中,本发明使用的光引发剂为苯甲酰基膦氧化物,包括TPO、819、TEPO、819DW、鎓盐、卤鎓盐、氧碘盐、硒盐、锍盐、氧化锍盐、重氮盐、茂金属盐、异喹啉盐、鏻盐、钟盐、环庚三烯阳离子盐(tropylium salt)、二烷基苯甲酰甲基锍盐、噻喃鎓盐、二芳基碘鎓盐、三芳基锍盐、锍锑酸盐、二茂铁、二(环戊二烯基铁)芳烃盐化合物、吡啶鎓盐、中的一种或多种的混合物。In some embodiments, the dual cure material may include a first component and a second component. The first component can be cured after the first re-curing treatment, while the second component is in an uncured state after the first re-curing treatment, and the second component can be cured after the second re-curing treatment. In some embodiments, the first component may include a photocurable resin monomer, oligomer, and/or prepolymer component. In some embodiments, the second component may be a component that remains uncured after the completion of the photocuring step. The uncured component can be further cured in a second recuring process (e.g. thermal curing, light curing, moisture curing, etc.) after the first recuring process (e.g. photocuring process) step. In some embodiments, the dual curing material may further include a third component, and the third component may be a photoinitiator. In some embodiments, the photoinitiator may be benzoin ether, dialkylacetophenone, hydroxyalkyl ketone, acyl phosphine oxide, amino ketone, benzophenone, thioxanthone, 1,2 diketone, 1, 7,7-Trimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dione, bis2,6-difluoro-3-pyrrolephenyl titanocene. In some embodiments, the photoinitiator used in the present invention is benzoyl phosphine oxide, including TPO, 819, TEPO, 819DW, onium salt, halonium salt, oxoiodonium salt, selenium salt, sulfonium salt, sulfonium oxide salt , Diazonium salt, metallocene salt, isoquinoline salt, phosphonium salt, bell salt, tropylium salt, dialkylphenacylsulfonium salt, thiopyrylium salt, diaryl One or more mixtures of iodonium salt, triarylsulfonium salt, sulfonium antimonate, ferrocene, bis(cyclopentadienyl iron) arene compound, pyridinium salt, and pyridinium salt.
在一些实施例中,第一组分可以包括单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物。第一组分的单体包含丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、烯烃、N-乙烯基、丙烯酰胺、甲基丙烯酰胺、苯乙烯类、环氧基、硫醇、1,3-二烯、卤化乙烯基、丙烯腈、乙烯基酯、马来酰亚胺、乙烯基 醚、烯烃(如甲氧基乙烯、4-甲氧基苯乙烯、苯乙烯、2甲基丙-1-烯、1,3-丁二烯等)、乙烯基醚、N-乙烯基咔唑、内酯、内酰胺、环醚(例如,环氧化物)、环缩醛、环硅氧烷、以及包含一种或多种前述单体的寡聚物和/或预聚物。在一些实施例中,第一组分为聚氨酯预聚体。In some embodiments, the first component may include monomers, oligomers, and/or prepolymers. The monomers of the first component include acrylate, methacrylate, olefin, N-vinyl, acrylamide, methacrylamide, styrene, epoxy, mercaptan, 1,3-diene, halogenated Vinyl, acrylonitrile, vinyl ester, maleimide, vinyl ether, olefin (such as methoxyethylene, 4-methoxystyrene, styrene, 2-methylprop-1-ene, 1, 3-butadiene, etc.), vinyl ether, N-vinyl carbazole, lactone, lactam, cyclic ether (for example, epoxide), cyclic acetal, cyclic siloxane, and containing one or more Oligomers and/or prepolymers of the aforementioned monomers. In some embodiments, the first component is a polyurethane prepolymer.
在一些实施例中,第二组分可以包括单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物。第二组分的单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物包含环氧基/胺、环氧基/羟基、氧杂环丁烷/胺、氧杂环丁烷/醇、异氰酸酯/羟基、异氰酸酯/胺、异氰酸酯/羧酸、氰酸酯、酸酐/胺、胺/羧酸、胺/酯、羟基/羧酸、羟基/酰基氯、胺/酰基氯、乙烯基/Si-H、Si-Cl/羟基、Si-Cl/胺、羟基/醛、胺/醛、羟甲基或烷氧基甲基酰胺/醇、氨基塑料、炔烃/叠氮化物、点击化学反应性基团、烯烃/硫、烯烃/硫醇、炔烃/硫醇、羟基/卤化物、异氰酸酯/水、Si-OH/羟基、Si-OH/水、Si-OH/Si-H、Si-OH/Si-OH、全氟乙烯基、二烯/亲二烯体、烯烃易位聚合基团、齐格勒纳塔催化的烯烃聚合基团、开环聚合基团中的一种或多种组合的反应性端基。In some embodiments, the second component may include monomers, oligomers, and/or prepolymers. The monomer, oligomer and/or prepolymer of the second component contains epoxy/amine, epoxy/hydroxy, oxetane/amine, oxetane/alcohol, isocyanate/hydroxy, Isocyanate/amine, isocyanate/carboxylic acid, cyanate ester, acid anhydride/amine, amine/carboxylic acid, amine/ester, hydroxyl/carboxylic acid, hydroxyl/acid chloride, amine/acid chloride, vinyl/Si-H, Si- Cl/hydroxyl, Si-Cl/amine, hydroxyl/aldehyde, amine/aldehyde, methylol or alkoxymethylamide/alcohol, aminoplast, alkyne/azide, click chemistry reactive group, olefin/ Sulfur, olefin/thiol, alkyne/thiol, hydroxyl/halide, isocyanate/water, Si-OH/hydroxyl, Si-OH/water, Si-OH/Si-H, Si-OH/Si-OH, Reactive end groups of one or more combinations of perfluorovinyl groups, diene/dienophiles, olefin metathesis polymerization groups, Ziegler Natta-catalyzed olefin polymerization groups, and ring-opening polymerization groups .
双重固化材料可以是美国专利US 9,598,606,US 9,453,142,US 9,982,164,US 9,676,963、US10,155,882中披露的具有双重组分双重固化机制的树脂材料,上述专利的公开内容均以引用方式并入本文。在一些实施例中,第一组分为反应型封端的聚氨酯预聚体,第二组分为包含有可以与聚氨酯预聚体中异氰酸酯基团反应的基团,从而使第一组分在后固化反应中发生扩链反应。第二组分的实施例可以包括但不限于二元醇、多元醇、二胺、多元胺、亚胺中的一种。在一些优选实施例中,第二组分为亚胺类化合物,例如PCT/CN2020/095715中所披露的具有双重组分双重固化机制的树脂材料,该PCT申请的公开内容以引用方式并入本文。The dual-curing material may be a resin material having a dual-component dual-curing mechanism disclosed in US patents US 9,598,606, US 9,453,142, US 9,982,164, US 9,676,963, and US 10,155,882, and the disclosures of the above patents are all incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the first component is a reactive blocked polyurethane prepolymer, and the second component contains groups that can react with isocyanate groups in the polyurethane prepolymer, so that the first component is behind The chain extension reaction occurs during the curing reaction. Examples of the second component may include, but are not limited to, one of diols, polyols, diamines, polyamines, and imines. In some preferred embodiments, the second component is an imine compound, such as the resin material with a dual-component dual-curing mechanism disclosed in PCT/CN2020/095715. The disclosure of the PCT application is incorporated herein by reference. .
光固化成型(单重固化成型和双重固化成型)打印出的产品的尺寸一般不能大于光固化打印机的成型台的尺寸,光固化成型打印出的产品的尺寸会较大程度地受到光固化打印机的尺寸的限制。在一些实施例中,为了利用光固化成型方式打印出尺寸较大的产品,可能需要将产品分为多个部分后分别进行打印,然后再将各个部分之间涂覆胶水而将各个部分粘接起来。但是,直接涂覆胶水的连接方式可能使得各个部分之间的连接稳定性较差。同时,胶水的使用也不利于环保。The size of the product printed by light-curing molding (single-curing molding and dual-curing molding) is generally not larger than the size of the molding table of the light-curing printer. The size of the product printed by light-curing molding will be greatly affected by the light-curing printer. The size limit. In some embodiments, in order to print a product with a larger size by light curing, it may be necessary to divide the product into multiple parts and then print them separately, and then apply glue between the parts to bond the parts together. stand up. However, the connection method of directly applying glue may make the connection stability between the various parts poor. At the same time, the use of glue is not conducive to environmental protection.
本申请实施例提供了一种打印件及其打印方法。该打印件可以包括第一部分和第二部分,第一部分和第二部分之间通过粘合层连接。通过使得第一部分、第二部分和/或粘合层包括双重固化材料,通过这样设置,通过第一部分、第二部分和/或粘合层的双重固化属性,可以使得第一部分与第二部分的连接更加牢固。在一些实施例中,打印 件可以是3D打印件,也可以是4D打印件。在一些实施例中,打印件可以是鞋底、整鞋、枕头或其他需要分别对多个部件进行打印,再将多个部件组合起来的物体。本申请实施例提供的打印方法适用于打印鞋底、整鞋、枕头或其他需要分别对多个部件进行打印的场景。The embodiment of the present application provides a print and a printing method thereof. The print may include a first part and a second part, and the first part and the second part are connected by an adhesive layer. By making the first part, the second part, and/or the adhesive layer include a dual-curing material, through this arrangement, the dual curing properties of the first part, the second part and/or the adhesive layer can make the first part and the second part The connection is stronger. In some embodiments, the printed part may be a 3D printed part or a 4D printed part. In some embodiments, the printed part may be a sole, a whole shoe, a pillow, or other objects that require multiple parts to be printed separately, and then the multiple parts are combined. The printing method provided in the embodiments of the present application is suitable for printing soles, whole shoes, pillows, or other scenes where multiple parts need to be printed separately.
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的打印件的结构示意图。如图1所示,打印件包括第一部分110、第二部分120以及位于第一部分110和第二部分120之间的粘合层130。粘合层130用于粘接第一部分110和第二部分120。第一部分110第二部分120和粘合层130中的至少一个可以包括双重固化材料。双重固化材料的一部分组分(如上文所述的第一组分)能够在第一重固化处理后固化,双重固化材料的另一部分组分(如上文所述的第二组分)能够在第二重固化处理后固化。本说明书的一个或多个实施例中的打印件是指最终打印成型的打印件。例如,图1所示的打印件指的在第二次固化处理后的打印件。Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a print according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the print includes a first part 110, a second part 120, and an adhesive layer 130 between the first part 110 and the second part 120. The adhesive layer 130 is used to bond the first part 110 and the second part 120. At least one of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material. A part of the dual-curing material (the first component as described above) can be cured after the first re-curing treatment, and the other part of the dual-curing material (the second component as described above) can be cured in the first Cured after double curing treatment. The printed product in one or more embodiments of this specification refers to the final printed product. For example, the print shown in FIG. 1 refers to the print after the second curing process.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110与第二部分120的形状可以相同,也可以不同。第在一些实施例中,第一部分110与第二部分120的材料可以相同,也可以不同。In some embodiments, the shapes of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same or different. First, in some embodiments, the materials of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same or different.
在一些实施例中,打印件可以包括至少一个其他部分。例如,打印件还包括第三部分。例如,打印件还包括第三部分和第四部分。在一些实施例中,打印件的至少一个其他部分可以根据打印件的设计要求与第一部分110、第二部分120进行连接。例如,第二部分120和第三部分之间可以设置粘合层130,第三部分和第四部分之间可以设置粘合层130。又例如,第一部分110和第三部分之间可以设置粘合层130,第一部分110和第四部分之间也可以设置粘合层130。In some embodiments, the print may include at least one other part. For example, the print also includes the third part. For example, the print also includes the third part and the fourth part. In some embodiments, at least one other part of the print may be connected to the first part 110 and the second part 120 according to the design requirements of the print. For example, an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the second part 120 and the third part, and an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the third part and the fourth part. For another example, an adhesive layer 130 may be provided between the first part 110 and the third part, and an adhesive layer 130 may also be provided between the first part 110 and the fourth part.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110、第二部分120和/或粘合层130可以包括双重固化材料可以包括以下情况:在第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130中,可以是仅第一部分110包括双重固化材料;可以是仅粘合层130包括双重固化材料;可以是仅第二部分120包括双重固化材料;可以是第一部分110和粘合层130包括双重固化材料;可以是第一部分110和第二部分120包括双重固化材料;可以是粘合层130和第二部分120包括双重固化材料;还可以是第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130均包括双重固化材料。在一些实施例中,当第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130中的一个或多个不包含双重固化材料时,第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130中未包含双重固化材料的部分可以包括单重固化材料(如可光固化树脂)。可光固化树脂主要包括可光固化的单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物组分。可光固化树脂单体组分以及可光固化 的寡聚物组分的具体说明,请参见上文的相关内容。In some embodiments, the first part 110, the second part 120, and/or the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material, which may include the following situations: among the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130, there may be only The first part 110 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that only the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that only the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material; it may be that the first portion 110 and the adhesive layer 130 include a dual-curing material; The part 110 and the second part 120 include a dual-curing material; the adhesive layer 130 and the second part 120 may include a dual-curing material; or the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material. In some embodiments, when one or more of the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 does not include a dual curing material, the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 do not include a dual curing material. The part of the curing material may include a single curing material (such as a photocurable resin). The photocurable resin mainly includes photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components. For specific descriptions of the photocurable resin monomer components and photocurable oligomer components, please refer to the relevant content above.
在一些实施例中,第一重固化处理可以包括光固化处理,第二重固化处理可以包括热固化处理、光固化处理和湿固化处理中的任意一种。其中,光固化处理可以是使用光(如紫外光或可见光)对双重固化材料进行照射。热固化处理可以是将双重固化材料进行加热处理。在一些实施例中,热固化处理可以是将双重固化材料在预设的温度环境下放置预设时间。在一些实施例中,热固化处理的预设环境温度可以是80℃-160℃。例如,热固化处理的预设环境温度可以是80℃、100℃、112℃、160℃等。在一些实施例中,热固化处理的时间可以是2-24小时。例如,热固化处理的时间可以是2小时、8小时、18小时等。在一些实施例中,湿固化可以是将双重固化材料在预设的湿度环境下放置预设时间。在一些实施例中,湿固化处理的相对湿度可以是50%-95%。例如,湿固化处理的相对湿度可以是50%、80%、95%等。在一些实施例中,湿固化处理的时间可以是2-24小时。例如,湿固化处理的时间可以是4小时、6小时、15小时等。在一些实施例中,当第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括双重固化材料,粘合层130不包括双重固化材料时(如粘合层130包括单重固化材料时),可以对包括双重固化材料的部件(第一部分110和/或第二部分120)进行第一重固化处理(如光固化处理),使得双重固化材料的一部分组分固化而形成打印中间体,再在打印中间体上用于连接的位置涂覆粘合层130。然后再将第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130共同进行第二重固化处理(如热固化处理、光固化处理或湿固化处理)。在另外一些实施例中,第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括双重固化材料,且粘合层130也包括双重固化材料,在打印中间体上涂覆粘合层130后,可以先对粘合层130进行第一重固化处理,再将第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130共同进行第二重固化处理。在上述两个实施例中,粘合层130用于连接第一重固化处理后得到的打印中间体(可以是两个打印中间体、也可以是一个打印中间体和一个已完成成型的部分),在打印中间体与粘合层130可以实现共同固化,二者共同固化的过程可以使得第一部分110和第二部分120通过粘合层130的连接更加稳定。In some embodiments, the first re-curing process may include a photo-curing process, and the second re-curing process may include any one of a thermal curing process, a photo-curing process, and a moisture curing process. Among them, the photo-curing treatment may be to use light (such as ultraviolet light or visible light) to irradiate the dual-curing material. The heat curing treatment may be heat treatment of the dual curing material. In some embodiments, the thermal curing treatment may be to place the dual curing material in a preset temperature environment for a preset time. In some embodiments, the preset ambient temperature of the thermal curing process may be 80°C-160°C. For example, the preset ambient temperature of the thermal curing process may be 80°C, 100°C, 112°C, 160°C, and so on. In some embodiments, the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 2-24 hours. For example, the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 2 hours, 8 hours, 18 hours, or the like. In some embodiments, moisture curing may be to place the dual curing material in a preset humidity environment for a preset time. In some embodiments, the relative humidity of the moisture curing treatment may be 50%-95%. For example, the relative humidity of the moisture curing treatment can be 50%, 80%, 95%, and so on. In some embodiments, the time of the moisture curing treatment may be 2-24 hours. For example, the time of the moisture curing treatment may be 4 hours, 6 hours, 15 hours, or the like. In some embodiments, when the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material and the adhesive layer 130 does not include a dual-curing material (for example, when the adhesive layer 130 includes a single-curing material), the dual-curing material may be included. The parts of the cured material (the first part 110 and/or the second part 120) undergo a first re-curing treatment (such as a light curing process), so that a part of the dual-curing material is cured to form a printing intermediate, and then on the printing intermediate The position for connection is coated with an adhesive layer 130. Then, the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as thermal curing treatment, light curing treatment or moisture curing treatment). In other embodiments, the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material, and the adhesive layer 130 also includes a dual-curing material. The laminated layer 130 is subjected to a first re-curing treatment, and then the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment. In the above two embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 is used to connect the printing intermediates obtained after the first re-curing treatment (it can be two printing intermediates, or one printing intermediate and a finished part) , The printing intermediate and the adhesive layer 130 can be cured together, and the process of the two together curing can make the connection of the first part 110 and the second part 120 through the adhesive layer 130 more stable.
在一些实施例中,如果仅有粘合层130包括双重固化材料,可以在第一部分110和第二部分120的连接处涂覆粘合层130后,对粘合层130(或者粘合层130、第一部分110和第二部分120)进行第一重固化处理(如光固化处理),再将第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130共同进行第二重固化处理(如光固化处理、热固化处理或湿固化处理)。在另一些实施例中,如果仅有粘合层130包括双重固化材料,可以在第一 部分110和第二部分120的连接处涂覆粘合层130后,对粘合层130(或者粘合层130、第一部分110和第二部分120)进行第一重固化处理(如光固化处理),再将粘合层130单独进行第二重固化处理(如光固化处理)。In some embodiments, if only the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material, the adhesive layer 130 may be applied to the joint between the first part 110 and the second part 120, and then the adhesive layer 130 (or the adhesive layer 130 , The first part 110 and the second part 120) are subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as photo-curing treatment), and then the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are jointly subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment) , Heat curing treatment or moisture curing treatment). In other embodiments, if only the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual curing material, the adhesive layer 130 (or adhesive layer 130. The first part 110 and the second part 120 are subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment), and then the adhesive layer 130 is separately subjected to a second re-curing treatment (such as a photo-curing treatment).
在一些实施例中,双重固化材料中的可光固化的单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物组分可以在光固化处理中因受到光辐射在光引发剂的催化作用下发生聚合反应。液态的可光固化的单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物组分可以初步固化而形成打印中间体(由可光固化的单体、寡聚物和/或预聚物组分固化成型,其中含有未固化成分)。由于该打印中间体含有未固化成分,该未固化成分不仅使得打印中间体表面具有粘度而且使得打印中间体整体柔软,便于二次塑性。因此,基于打印中间体的这个性能可以使得第一部分110和第二部分120能够通过粘合层130更加稳定地粘接在一起。In some embodiments, the photocurable monomer, oligomer and/or prepolymer component in the dual curing material can undergo polymerization reaction under the catalysis of a photoinitiator due to light radiation during the photocuring process. . Liquid photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components can be initially cured to form a printing intermediate (cured by photocurable monomers, oligomers and/or prepolymer components , Which contains uncured ingredients). Since the printing intermediate contains uncured components, the uncured components not only make the surface of the printed intermediate have viscosity but also make the entire printed intermediate soft, which facilitates secondary plasticity. Therefore, based on this performance of the printing intermediate, the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be more stably bonded together by the adhesive layer 130.
通过设置第一部分110第二部分120和粘合层130中的至少一个可以包括双重固化材料。相对于单重固化材料,双重固化材料固化后分子链连接方式更加多样且连接更加紧密,粘合效果更好。另外,如果粘合层130包括双重固化材料,可以确保第一部分110与第二部分120能够更好地粘合。By providing the first part 110, at least one of the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material. Compared with single-cured materials, double-cured materials have more diverse molecular chain connection methods and tighter connections after curing, and the bonding effect is better. In addition, if the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material, it can be ensured that the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be better bonded.
此外,如果使用胶水作为粘合剂,在打印件回收的过程中,胶水可能难以进行回收处理,导致对环境的破坏。相较于使用胶水作为粘合剂,如果使用上文所述的双重固化材料或单重固化材料作为粘合剂,基于双重固化处理来实现第一部分110和第二部分120通过粘合层130粘合,可以使得打印件便于回收处理,有利于环境的保护。在一些实施例中,打印件包括两个部分(例如第一部分110和第二部分120)或多个部分(例如,第一部分110、第二部分120、第三部分以及第四部分)时,打印件的各个部分中的至少两个部分中包括组分部分相同或完全相同的材料。粘合层与各个部分中的至少一个部分包括部分相同或完全相同的材料。在一些实施例中,当打印件包括第一部分110、第二部分120、第三部分、第四部分和粘合层130时,第一部分110、第二部分120、第三部分和第四部分中的至少两个包括组分完全相同或部分相同的材料。在一些实施例中,粘合层与第一部分110、第二部分120、第三部分和第四部分中的至少一个包括组分完全相同或部分相同的材料。下面以第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130的材料为例进行说明。In addition, if glue is used as an adhesive, it may be difficult to recycle the glue during the recycling process of printed parts, resulting in damage to the environment. Compared with using glue as an adhesive, if the above-mentioned dual-curing material or single-curing material is used as an adhesive, the first part 110 and the second part 120 are bonded through the adhesive layer 130 based on the dual-curing process. Together, the printed parts can be easily recycled and processed, which is conducive to environmental protection. In some embodiments, when the print includes two parts (for example, the first part 110 and the second part 120) or multiple parts (for example, the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, and the fourth part), the printing At least two of the various parts of the piece include materials with the same or completely the same components. The adhesive layer and at least one of the respective parts include partially or completely the same material. In some embodiments, when the print includes the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, the fourth part, and the adhesive layer 130, among the first part 110, the second part 120, the third part, and the fourth part At least two of the materials include completely or partially identical materials. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer and at least one of the first portion 110, the second portion 120, the third portion, and the fourth portion include materials that are completely or partially the same in composition. The materials of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are taken as an example for description.
在一些实施例中,粘合层130与第一部分110均包括双重固化材料,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重 固化材料可以均包括上文所述的第一组分、第二组分和第三组分。粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质可以相同,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质可以相同;粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也可以相同。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 and the first portion 110 both include a dual-curing material, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the dual-curing material included in the first portion 110. In some embodiments, the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may each include the first component, the second component, and the third component as described above. The specific substance of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the first component of the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may be the same. The specific substance of the second component in the curing material may be the same; the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the third component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 may also be the same.
在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同。在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质相同,且粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质相同,以及粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第一部分110所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也相同。In some embodiments, the composition of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the first part 110. In some embodiments, the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the first component. The specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the part 110 is the same, and the specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the third component of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110.
在另一些实施例中,粘合层130与第二部分120均包括双重固化材料,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料可以均包括上文所述的第一组分、第二组分和第三组分。粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质可以相同,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质可以相同;粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也可以相同。In other embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 and the second part 120 both include dual-curing materials, and the dual-curing material components included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual-curing material components included in the second portion 120 are at least partially same. In some embodiments, the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may each include the first component, the second component, and the third component described above. The specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may be the same, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as that contained in the second part 120 The specific substance of the second component of the dual-curing material in the dual-curing material may be the same; the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 and the specific substance of the third component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120 may also be the same.
在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同。在一些实施例中,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质相同,且粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质相同,以及粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也相同。In some embodiments, the composition of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part 120. In some embodiments, the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as The specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 is the same, and the specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 is the same as the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 It's also the same.
通过设置粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同,或者设置粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同,可以简化粘合层130的制作流程,可以使得打印件便于生产和制作,提高加工效率。另外,如果粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分完 全相同,则无需单独制造粘合层130,生产流程减少,且在打印件废弃后,无需单独对粘合层130进行处理,便于对打印件进行回收处理,有利于环境的保护。The composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110, or the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is at least partially the same as the second part. The components of the dual curing materials included in 120 are at least partially the same, which can simplify the production process of the adhesive layer 130, facilitate the production and production of printed parts, and improve processing efficiency. In addition, if the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, there is no need to separately manufacture the adhesive layer 130, and the production process is reduced. And after the prints are discarded, there is no need to separately process the adhesive layer 130, which facilitates the recycling of the prints, which is beneficial to the protection of the environment.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110包含的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包含的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。在一些实施例中,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料可以均包括上文所述的第一组分、第二组分和第三组分。第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质可以相同,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质可以相同;第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也可以相同。In some embodiments, the composition of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110 is at least partially the same as the composition of the dual curing material contained in the second part 120. In some embodiments, the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may both include the first component, the second component, and the third component described above. The specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may be the same. The dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 The specific substance of the second component in the curing material may be the same; the specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the third component of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 may also be the same.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同。在一些实施例中,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第一组分的具体物质相同,且第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第二组分具体物质相同,以及第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料与第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料中的第三组分具体物质也相同。In some embodiments, the composition of the dual curing material included in the first part 110 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual curing material included in the second part 120. In some embodiments, the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 has the same specific substance as the first component in the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 is the same as the second part. The specific substance of the second component of the dual curing material contained in the part 120 is the same, and the specific substance of the third component of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110 is the same as that of the third component of the dual curing material contained in the second part 120.
通过第一部分110包含的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包含的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同的设置,第一部分110包括的双重固化材料和第二部分120包括的双重固化材料可以基于相同或部分相同的组分来制作,可以使得打印件便于生产和制作,提高加工效率。另外,如果第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同,在打印件废弃后,无需分别对第一部分110和第二部分120进行处理,便于对打印件进行回收处理,有利于环境的保护。Through the arrangement that the components of the dual curing material contained in the first part 110 and the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 are at least partially the same, the dual curing material included in the first part 110 and the dual curing material included in the second part 120 can be Production based on the same or part of the same components can make prints easier to produce and make, and improve processing efficiency. In addition, if the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, there is no need to separately process the first part 110 and the second part 120 after the print is discarded. , It is convenient to recycle the printed parts, which is conducive to the protection of the environment.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130均包括双重固化材料,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分、第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分以及第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。在一些实施例中,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者可以均包括上文所述的第一组分、第二组分和第三组分。第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者中的第一组分的具体物质可以相同,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重 固化材料三者中的第二组分具体物质可以相同;第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者中的第三组分具体物质也可以相同。In some embodiments, the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material, the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material component, and the first part 110 includes a dual-curing material component. And the components of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 are at least partially the same. In some embodiments, the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may all include the first group described above. Points, the second component and the third component. The specific substance of the first component in the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may be the same, and the first part 110 includes The specific substance of the second component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 may be the same; the dual curing material contained in the first part 110, the second component The specific substance of the third component in the dual curing material contained in the second part 120 and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 may also be the same.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130均包括双重固化材料,粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分、第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分以及第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分三者完全相同。在一些实施例中,第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者中的第一组分的具体物质相同,且第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者中的第二组分具体物质相同,以及第一部分110所包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120所包含的双重固化材料以及粘合层130所包含的双重固化材料三者中的第三组分具体物质也相同。In some embodiments, the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include a dual-curing material, the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material component, and the first part 110 includes a dual-curing material component. And the components of the dual curing material included in the second part 120 are completely the same. In some embodiments, the specific substance of the first component of the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 are the same. And the second component of the dual curing material included in the first part 110, the dual curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 are the same, and the first part 110 includes The specific substances of the third component in the dual curing material of the dual curing material, the dual curing material contained in the second part 120, and the dual curing material contained in the adhesive layer 130 are also the same.
通过粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分、第一部分110包括的双重固化材料的组分以及第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同的设置,第一部分110包括的双重固化材料、第二部分120包括的双重固化材料、粘合层130包括的双重固化材料可以基于相同或部分相同的组分来制作,可以使得打印件便于生产和制作,提高加工效率。另外,如果粘合层130所包括的双重固化材料的组分与第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同,在打印件废弃后,无需分别对第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130进行处理,便于对打印件进行回收处理,有利于环境的保护。The components of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130, the components of the dual-curing material included in the first portion 110, and the components of the dual-curing material included in the second portion 120 are at least partially the same, and the first portion 110 includes The dual-curing material, the dual-curing material included in the second part 120, and the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 may be made based on the same or partially the same components, which can facilitate the production and manufacture of printed parts and improve processing efficiency. In addition, if the composition of the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer 130 is exactly the same as the composition of the dual-curing material included in the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, there is no need to separate the first part 110 after the print is discarded. , The second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are processed, which facilitates the recycling of printed parts, and is beneficial to the protection of the environment.
当第一部分110、第二部分120以及粘合层130均包括双重固化材料时,第一部分110、第二部分120以及粘合层130三者的配方可以均相同,以使得该三者的打印中间体具有相同的物理性质(如弹性模量、刚度等)。或者,第一部分110、第二部分120以及粘合层130三者中可以有任意两者的配方可以相同,以使得配方相同的两者的打印中间体具有相同的物理性质(如弹性模量、刚度等)。又或者,第一部分110、第二部分120以及粘合层130三者的配方可以均不相同,从而使三者打印中体具有不同的物理性质(如弹性模量、刚度等)。When the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include dual curing materials, the formulations of the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may all be the same, so that the printing of the three The body has the same physical properties (such as elastic modulus, stiffness, etc.). Alternatively, the formulations of any two of the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 can be the same, so that the printing intermediates of the two with the same formulation have the same physical properties (such as elastic modulus, Stiffness, etc.). Or, the formulations of the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may all be different, so that the printed bodies of the three have different physical properties (such as elastic modulus, stiffness, etc.).
在一些实施例中,第一组分包括聚氨酯预聚体,第二组分包括可以与聚氨酯预聚体中异氰酸酯基团反应的基团,从而使第一组分在第二次固化处理时发生扩链反应生成聚氨酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物三维网络。上述聚合物的三维网络可以是包含共聚物、 共混聚合物、互穿聚合物网络、半互穿聚合物网络或顺序互穿聚合物网络。In some embodiments, the first component includes a polyurethane prepolymer, and the second component includes a group that can react with isocyanate groups in the polyurethane prepolymer, so that the first component will occur during the second curing process. The chain extension reaction generates a three-dimensional network of polyurethane (meth)acrylate polymers. The three-dimensional network of the above polymer may include a copolymer, a polymer blend, an interpenetrating polymer network, a semi-interpenetrating polymer network, or a sequential interpenetrating polymer network.
在一些实施例中,打印件的若干部分中的至少一个可以具有一定的透光性。例如,第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个具有一定的透光性。其中,第一部分或第二部分具有一定的透光性可以理解为第一部分或第二部分可以允许某种光不同程度地透过(例如,完全透过或部分地透过)。第一部分或第二部分允许光透过的程度可以用透光率体现。透光率越大,则表示允许较多的光透过;透光率越小,则表示允许较少的光透过。在一些实施例中,第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个可以允许光透过(完全透过或部分透过),而另一个不允许光透过。在另一些实施例中,第一部分和第二部分均可以允许光透过(完全透过或部分透过)。In some embodiments, at least one of the parts of the print may have a certain light transmittance. For example, at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 has a certain light transmittance. Wherein, the first part or the second part having a certain light transmittance can be understood as the first part or the second part can allow a certain light to pass through to varying degrees (for example, completely or partially). The degree to which the first part or the second part allows light to pass through can be expressed by the light transmittance. The greater the light transmittance, it means that more light is allowed to pass through; the lower the light transmittance is, it means that less light is allowed to pass through. In some embodiments, one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may allow light to pass through (completely or partially), while the other does not allow light to pass through. In other embodiments, both the first part and the second part may allow light to pass through (completely or partially).
在粘合层130包括双重固化材料或单重固化材料(如光固化树脂)时,可以允许光透过的第一部分110和/或第二部分120使得光能够对粘合层130进行照射,从而对粘合层130进行光固化处理。When the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material or a single-curing material (such as a photocurable resin), the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 that can allow light to pass through allows the light to irradiate the adhesive layer 130, thereby The adhesive layer 130 is subjected to a photocuring process.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110的透光率可以大于20%。例如,第一部分110的透光率可以是20%、50%或80%等。在一些实施例中,第一部分110的透光率可以大于60%。在一些实施例中,第一部分110的透光率可以为90%-95%。在一些实施例中,第二部分120的透光率可以与第一部分110的透光率类似。在一些实施例中,第一部分110与第二部分120的透光率可以相同,例如,第一部分110与第二部分120的透光率可以均为80%。在另一些实施例中,第一部分110与第二部分120的透光率可以不同,例如,第一部分110的透光率可以为20%,第二部分120的透光率可以为90%。In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be greater than 20%. For example, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 20%, 50%, 80%, or the like. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be greater than 60%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 90%-95%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the second part 120 may be similar to the light transmittance of the first part 110. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be the same. For example, the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may both be 80%. In other embodiments, the light transmittance of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be different, for example, the light transmittance of the first part 110 may be 20%, and the light transmittance of the second part 120 may be 90%.
在一些实施例中,为了达到上述透光率的要求,第一部分110可以包括透光材料,从而使得光能够透过透光材料而照射到粘合层130上。透光材料可以包括光固化树脂。在另一些实施例中,为了达到上述透光率的要求,第一部分110可以包括镂空结构,以使得光能够直接穿过镂空结构而照射到粘合层130上。镂空率可以理解为第一部分110中镂空的部分的体积与镂空结构的总体积的比值。在一些实施例中,镂空结构可以是由多根支柱构成的镂空网格。镂空网格的尺寸、镂空网格的形状、支柱的尺寸均可以根据打印件的透光需求和使用需求来进行设置。例如,当需要第一部分110对光的遮挡较少时,可以设置镂空网格的尺寸较大、镂空网格的形状为正方体和/或支柱较细。又例如,当需要第一部分110较硬时,可以设置镂空网格的尺寸较小、镂空网格的形状为三棱柱和/或支柱较粗。在另一些实施例中,镂空结构还可以是其他中空的结构,例如通孔结构。在一些实施例中,第二部分120可以采用与第一部分110类似的透光材料或镂空 结构,具体请参见第一部分110的透光材料和镂空结构的相关说明。In some embodiments, in order to meet the above-mentioned light transmittance requirement, the first part 110 may include a light-transmitting material, so that light can pass through the light-transmitting material and irradiate the adhesive layer 130. The light-transmitting material may include a light-curing resin. In other embodiments, in order to meet the above-mentioned light transmittance requirement, the first part 110 may include a hollow structure, so that light can directly pass through the hollow structure and irradiate the adhesive layer 130. The hollowing rate can be understood as the ratio of the volume of the hollowed-out part of the first part 110 to the total volume of the hollowed-out structure. In some embodiments, the hollow structure may be a hollow grid composed of a plurality of pillars. The size of the hollow grid, the shape of the hollow grid, and the size of the pillars can all be set according to the light transmission requirements and usage requirements of the printed parts. For example, when the first part 110 needs to shield less light, the size of the hollow grid may be larger, the shape of the hollow grid may be a cube and/or the pillars may be thinner. For another example, when the first part 110 needs to be harder, the size of the hollow grid may be smaller, the shape of the hollow grid may be triangular prisms and/or the pillars may be thicker. In other embodiments, the hollow structure may also be other hollow structures, such as through-hole structures. In some embodiments, the second part 120 may adopt a light-transmitting material or a hollow structure similar to the first part 110. For details, please refer to the relevant description of the light-transmitting material and the hollow structure of the first part 110.
在一些实施例中,当第一部分110和第二部分120均允许光透过时,可以是第一部分110包括透光材料,第二部分120包括镂空结构,可以是第一部分110包括镂空结构,第二部分120包括透光材料,也可以是第一部分110和第二部分120均包括透光材料,还可以是第一部分110和第二部分120均包括镂空结构。另外,当第一部分110和第二部分120均包括镂空结构时,第一部分和第二部分的镂空率可以相同,也可以不同。In some embodiments, when both the first part 110 and the second part 120 allow light to pass through, the first part 110 may include a light-transmitting material, the second part 120 may include a hollow structure, and the first part 110 may include a hollow structure, and the second part 120 may include a hollow structure. The portion 120 includes a light-transmitting material, or both the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 include a light-transmitting material, or both the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 include a hollow structure. In addition, when the first part 110 and the second part 120 both include a hollow structure, the hollow rate of the first part and the second part may be the same or different.
在一些实施例送,粘合层130在未固化状态下的厚度可以为0.5mm-10mm。在一些实施例中,粘合层130在未固化状态下的厚度可以为1mm-5mm。例如,粘合层130的厚度可以是1mm、2mm、3.5mm或5mm等。通过将粘合层130的厚度限制在上述范围内,可以保证粘合层130对第一部分110和第二部分120的粘接更加牢固。In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 in the uncured state may be 0.5 mm-10 mm. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 in the uncured state may be 1 mm-5 mm. For example, the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 may be 1 mm, 2 mm, 3.5 mm, 5 mm, or the like. By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer 130 to the above range, it can be ensured that the adhesive layer 130 adheres to the first part 110 and the second part 120 more firmly.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110的刚度与所述第二部分120的刚度相同。在另一些实施例中,第一部分110的刚度与第二部分120的刚度不同。例如,可以是第一部分110的刚度大于第二部分120的刚度,也可以是第一部分110的刚度小于第二部分120的刚度。在一些实施例中,第一部分110的刚度为30N/mm-1190N/mm。在一些实施例中,第一部分110的刚度可以为35N/mm-66N/mm。在一些实施例中,第一部分110的刚度可以为490N/mm-1186N/mm。在另一些实施例中,第二部分120的刚度大于第一部分110的刚度。In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 is the same as the stiffness of the second part 120. In other embodiments, the rigidity of the first part 110 is different from the rigidity of the second part 120. For example, the stiffness of the first portion 110 may be greater than the stiffness of the second portion 120, or the stiffness of the first portion 110 may be less than the stiffness of the second portion 120. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 is 30N/mm-1190N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the first part 110 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm. In other embodiments, the rigidity of the second part 120 is greater than the rigidity of the first part 110.
在一些实施例中,打印件可以包括鞋底。在一些实施例中,第一部分可以包括鞋中底,第二部分可以包括鞋大底。在一些实施例中,第一部分可以包括鞋中底、第二部分可以包括鞋内底。在一些实施例中,打印件可以包括第三部分和第四部分,例如,第一部分可以包括鞋大底,第二部分可以包括鞋中底,第三部分可以包括鞋内底,第四部分可以包括鞋垫。在一些实施例中,第一部分可以包括鞋中底,第二部分可以包括增强件。在又一些实施例中,打印件为整鞋,第一部分可以包括鞋面,第二部分可以包括鞋底;或者,打印件可以包括第三部分和第四部分,第一部分可以包括鞋面的一部分(例如鞋帮部),第二部分可以包括鞋面的另一部分(例如前掌部),第三部分可以包括鞋底的一部分(例如,鞋中底),第四部分可以包括鞋底的另一部分(例如,鞋大底)。下面以鞋底为例对第一部分和第二部分进行示例性介绍。In some embodiments, the print may include a shoe sole. In some embodiments, the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include an outsole. In some embodiments, the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include an insole. In some embodiments, the print may include a third part and a fourth part. For example, the first part may include the outsole, the second part may include the midsole, the third part may include the insole, and the fourth part may Including insoles. In some embodiments, the first part may include a midsole and the second part may include a reinforcement. In still other embodiments, the print is a whole shoe, the first part may include the upper and the second part may include the sole; or the print may include the third and fourth parts, and the first part may include a part of the upper ( For example, the upper part), the second part may include another part of the upper (for example, the forefoot part), the third part may include a part of the sole (for example, the midsole), and the fourth part may include another part of the sole (for example, Outsole). The first part and the second part are exemplarily introduced below by taking shoe soles as an example.
图2a是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和鞋大底的拆解结构示意图,图2b是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和鞋大底的连接结构示意图。如图2a和2b所 示,第一部分可以包括鞋中底210,第二部分可以包括鞋大底220。鞋中底210的下表面可以与鞋大底220的上表面相连。在一些实施例中,鞋底可以包括鞋大底220、鞋中底210、鞋内底以及鞋垫等部件,上述部件可以按照在鞋底的厚度方向(图2a中箭头所示的方向)上由下至上依次设置。其中,鞋大底220也可以称为鞋外底,即鞋底上直接与地面接触的最外层,鞋中底210可以是指设于鞋大底220上表面的中间结构层。鞋中底210的上表面还可以设置鞋内底、鞋垫等。图2c是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底、鞋大底和粘合层的结构示意图,如图2c所示,粘合层230可以位于鞋中底210的下表面与鞋大底220的上表面之间。仅作为示例,可以将双重固化材料涂覆在鞋中底210的下表面和/或鞋大底220的上表面上,以使的双重固化材料能够在固化后形成粘合层230。Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of the disassembled structure of a shoe midsole and a shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application, and Fig. 2b is a schematic diagram of a connection structure of the shoe midsole and the shoe outsole according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figures 2a and 2b, the first part may include a midsole 210, and the second part may include an outsole 220. The lower surface of the midsole 210 may be connected to the upper surface of the outsole 220. In some embodiments, the sole may include components such as the outsole 220, the midsole 210, the insole, and the insole. The above-mentioned components may follow the thickness direction of the sole (the direction indicated by the arrow in Figure 2a) from bottom to top. Set in order. Among them, the outsole 220 may also be referred to as an outsole, that is, the outermost layer on the sole that directly contacts the ground, and the midsole 210 may refer to an intermediate structural layer provided on the upper surface of the outsole 220. The upper surface of the midsole 210 may also be provided with an insole, an insole, and the like. Fig. 2c is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a shoe midsole, a shoe outsole, and an adhesive layer according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2c, the adhesive layer 230 may be located on the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole. Between the upper surface of 220. For example only, the dual-curing material may be coated on the lower surface of the midsole 210 and/or the upper surface of the outsole 220, so that the dual-curing material can form the adhesive layer 230 after curing.
在一些实施例中,如图2a和图2b所示,鞋中底210可以具有上表面、下表面与侧面,上表面与下表面之间通过侧面连接,鞋中底210和/或鞋大底220可以包括双重固化材料。在一些实施例中,鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210可透光。在一些实施例中,在鞋大底220与鞋中底210贴合之前,鞋大底220可以为可弯曲的片状结构,进行贴合时,鞋大底220的中心可以覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,边缘部分可以弯折后覆盖全部或部分鞋中底210的侧面。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 2a and 2b, the midsole 210 may have an upper surface, a lower surface, and a side surface. The upper surface and the lower surface are connected by the side surface, and the midsole 210 and/or the outsole 210 220 may include dual curing materials. In some embodiments, the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 may transmit light. In some embodiments, before the shoe outsole 220 is attached to the shoe midsole 210, the shoe outsole 220 may be a bendable sheet structure. When the shoe outsole 220 is attached, the center of the shoe outsole 220 may cover the shoe midsole 210. The bottom surface and the edge portion of the shoe can be bent to cover all or part of the side surface of the midsole 210.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210和/或鞋大底220包括双重固化材料,通过可以光固化处理制备包括双重固化材料的部件的打印中间体(如鞋中底210的打印中间体和/或鞋大底220的打印中间体)。打印中间体含有未固化成分。在一些实施例中,鞋大底220与鞋中底210装配时,可以在二者的连接处涂覆粘合层230(此时粘合层230可以为液态或固液混合态的未固化状态),打印中间体中未固化成分与涂覆的未固化粘合层230共同固化,实现粘合。粘合层230能够粘合鞋大底220与鞋中底210。In some embodiments, the shoe midsole 210 and/or the shoe outsole 220 includes a dual curing material, and a printing intermediate (such as the printing intermediate and/or the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the part including the dual curing material) can be prepared by photocuring. Or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220). The print intermediate contains uncured components. In some embodiments, when the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210 are assembled, an adhesive layer 230 may be coated at the joint between the two (at this time, the adhesive layer 230 may be in an uncured state in a liquid state or a mixed solid-liquid state. ), the uncured components in the printing intermediate and the coated uncured adhesive layer 230 are cured together to achieve adhesion. The adhesive layer 230 can bond the outsole 220 and the midsole 210.
当粘合层230、鞋中底210鞋大底220中的至少一个包括双重固化材料时,在第一重固化处理后,未固化的成分有利于鞋中底210与鞋大底220的粘合。随后对粘合层230、鞋中底210和鞋大底220进行第二重固化处理,可以使得双重固化材料中的未固化成分固化,以形成最终的打印件,同时完成鞋中底210和鞋大底220的粘合。以鞋中底210和粘合层230包括双重固化材料,鞋大底220包括单重固化材料为例,在该第二重固化处理的过程中,鞋中底210的双重固化材料中的未固化成分和粘合层230的双重固化材料中的未固化成分能够固化能够发生固化反应形成共聚物、共混聚合物、互穿聚合物网络、半互穿聚合物网络或顺序互穿聚合物网络;鞋中底210的双重固化材料中 的未固化成分和/或粘合层230的双重固化材料中的未固化成分能够与鞋大底220的单重固化材料发生固化反应形成共聚物、共混聚合物、互穿聚合物网络、半互穿聚合物网络或顺序互穿聚合物网络。因此,第一部分和第二部分之间能够紧密而稳定地粘合。When at least one of the adhesive layer 230, the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 includes a dual-curing material, after the first re-curing treatment, the uncured component facilitates the adhesion of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 . Subsequently, the adhesive layer 230, the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 are subjected to a second curing process, which can cure the uncured components in the dual curing material to form the final print, and complete the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe at the same time. The adhesion of the outsole 220. Taking the shoe midsole 210 and the adhesive layer 230 including a dual curing material, and the shoe outsole 220 including a single curing material as an example, during the second curing process, the dual curing material of the shoe midsole 210 is uncured The uncured components in the dual curing material of the components and the adhesive layer 230 can be cured and can undergo a curing reaction to form a copolymer, a polymer blend, an interpenetrating polymer network, a semi-interpenetrating polymer network, or a sequential interpenetrating polymer network; The uncured component in the dual-cured material of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the uncured component in the dual-cured material of the adhesive layer 230 can undergo a curing reaction with the single-cured material of the shoe outsole 220 to form a copolymer or blend and polymerize Material, interpenetrating polymer network, semi-interpenetrating polymer network or sequential interpenetrating polymer network. Therefore, the first part and the second part can be adhered tightly and stably.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的刚度可以为35N/mm-66N/mm。在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的刚度可以为490N/mm-1186N/mm。在一些实施例中,鞋大底220的刚度可以大于鞋中底210的刚度。In some embodiments, the stiffness of the midsole 210 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the midsole 210 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the outsole 220 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 210.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210可以包括镂空结构(如镂空网格)。在一些实施例中,镂空结构包括多个相互连接的单元(每个网格可以理解为一个单元),每个单元可以包括多个连接柱,相邻的单元可以通过共享连接柱而实现相互连接。在一些实施例中,镂空结构所包含的多个单元可以为棱柱体、椎体、四面体、六面体、八面体、十六面体、二十面体等多面体形状。另一些实施例中,镂空结构所包含的多个单元也可以为不规则的形状。在一些实施例中,不同单元的形状和尺寸可以相同。在另一些实施例中,不同单元的形状和尺寸可以不同。通过设置镂空结构可以使得鞋中底210具有良好的力学性能,其回弹性能、减震性能均优于一般的发泡鞋中底。In some embodiments, the midsole 210 may include a hollow structure (such as a hollow mesh). In some embodiments, the hollow structure includes a plurality of interconnected units (each grid can be understood as a unit), each unit can include a plurality of connecting columns, and adjacent units can be connected to each other by sharing the connecting columns. . In some embodiments, the multiple units included in the hollow structure may be in the shape of a prism, a pyramid, a tetrahedron, a hexahedron, an octahedron, a hexahedron, an icosahedron, and the like. In other embodiments, the multiple units included in the hollow structure may also have irregular shapes. In some embodiments, the shapes and sizes of different units may be the same. In other embodiments, the shapes and sizes of different units may be different. By providing the hollow structure, the shoe midsole 210 can have good mechanical properties, and its resilience performance and shock absorption performance are better than those of ordinary foam shoe midsoles.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220可以为一体式结构,例如,可以通过光固化打印或者其他3D打印方式打印出一体式的鞋大底220。鞋大底220的形状可以与鞋中底210的下表面的形状一致。在将鞋大底220与鞋中底210的贴合的过程中,可以将鞋中底210放置在鞋大底220的中央,以使得鞋大底220完全覆盖鞋中底210的下表面。In some embodiments, the shoe outsole 220 may be an integrated structure. For example, the integrated shoe outsole 220 may be printed by light curing printing or other 3D printing methods. The shape of the outsole 220 may be consistent with the shape of the lower surface of the midsole 210. In the process of fitting the shoe outsole 220 with the shoe midsole 210, the shoe midsole 210 may be placed in the center of the shoe outsole 220 so that the shoe outsole 220 completely covers the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210.
在另一些实施例中,鞋大底220的形状可以与鞋中底210的下表面的形状相似,但鞋大底220的尺寸可以大于鞋中底210的尺寸。在将鞋大底220与鞋中底210的贴合过程中,可以将鞋中底210放置在鞋大底220的中央部分,以使得鞋大底220的中央部分覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,并将鞋大底220的边缘部分弯折后覆盖鞋中底210的侧面。In other embodiments, the shape of the outsole 220 may be similar to the shape of the lower surface of the midsole 210, but the size of the outsole 220 may be larger than the size of the midsole 210. In the process of fitting the shoe outsole 220 to the shoe midsole 210, the shoe midsole 210 can be placed in the central part of the shoe outsole 220 so that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 covers the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 , And bend the edge portion of the shoe sole 220 to cover the side of the shoe midsole 210.
根据鞋子所需的功能不同,鞋大底220的形状和结构可以不同。例如,鞋大底220可以是具有连续的表面且完全覆盖鞋中底210的下表面;又例如,鞋大底22012可以具有孔洞,鞋大底220可以仅覆盖鞋中底210的部分下表面。The shape and structure of the shoe outsole 220 can be different according to different functions required by the shoe. For example, the outsole 220 may have a continuous surface and completely cover the lower surface of the midsole 210; for another example, the outsole 22012 may have holes, and the outsole 220 may only cover a part of the lower surface of the midsole 210.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220可以包含多个子部,各个子部的形状可以有多种。例如,子部的形状可以是片状;又例如,子部的形状可以是条状。不同的子部的功能可以不同。例如,片状的子部可以用于覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,条状的子部可以用于覆盖鞋中底210的侧面。根据鞋子所需的功能不同,子部可以是完整而连续的连续面,也 可以开设有孔洞。多个形状或功能不同的子部可以是分别制造后连接在一起的,以使得鞋大底的结构设计不会受到制造工艺的影响。In some embodiments, the shoe outsole 220 may include multiple sub-parts, and each sub-part may have multiple shapes. For example, the shape of the sub-portion may be a sheet shape; for another example, the shape of the sub-portion may be a strip shape. The functions of different subsections can be different. For example, a sheet-shaped sub-part may be used to cover the lower surface of the midsole 210, and a strip-shaped sub-part may be used to cover the side surface of the midsole 210. Depending on the function required by the shoe, the sub-part can be a complete and continuous continuous surface, or it can be provided with holes. Multiple sub-parts with different shapes or functions may be separately manufactured and connected together, so that the structural design of the outsole will not be affected by the manufacturing process.
在一些实施例中,在装配鞋大底220与鞋中底210时,可以选择在连续的表面上涂覆粘合层230,这样不仅便于操作,而且可以避免未固化的粘合层230材料流入鞋中底210和/或鞋大底220的空隙中。在一些实施例中,可以将粘合层230涂覆在鞋大底220上,然后将鞋大底220贴覆在鞋中底210上。In some embodiments, when assembling the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210, you can choose to coat the adhesive layer 230 on a continuous surface, which is not only convenient for operation, but also can prevent the uncured adhesive layer 230 material from flowing into The midsole 210 and/or the outsole 220 are in the gap. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 may be coated on the outsole 220, and then the outsole 220 may be attached to the midsole 210.
鞋底设计对鞋类的整体性能至关重要。理想的鞋底应为穿着者的脚提供支撑和缓冲,并在穿着者活动期间通过减震保护脚免受冲击。此外,理想的鞋底应该提供良好的反弹,以为足部在动态运动提供更好的弹性和减少能量损失。但缓冲和反弹有时可能是相互矛盾的。以鞋中底的设计为例,缓震是降低鞋中底响应冲击力的速度,它衡量的是鞋中底接收冲击能量后,其能以多快的速度反弹。此外,能够提供良好缓冲性能的鞋底,往往是由具有柔韧性和弹性材料制成的,这样的鞋底在穿着者运动过程中容易变形,导致不稳定。鞋制造商一直在努力研究新的材料和新的鞋底结构,以提高鞋的性能。最近的增材制造技术也探索了新的方法,其使得鞋中底上具有各种晶格结构,以使得鞋中底具有上述理想的性能。Sole design is critical to the overall performance of the footwear. The ideal sole should provide support and cushioning for the wearer's foot, and protect the foot from impact by damping during the wearer's activities. In addition, the ideal sole should provide good rebound to provide better elasticity and reduce energy loss during dynamic movement of the foot. But buffering and rebounding can sometimes be contradictory. Taking the design of shoe midsole as an example, cushioning is to reduce the speed at which the midsole responds to the impact force. It measures how fast the midsole can rebound after receiving the impact energy. In addition, shoe soles that can provide good cushioning properties are often made of flexible and elastic materials. Such shoe soles are easily deformed during the wearer's movement, leading to instability. Shoe manufacturers have been working hard to research new materials and new sole structures to improve the performance of shoes. The recent additive manufacturing technology has also explored new methods, which make the midsole of the shoe have various lattice structures, so that the midsole of the shoe has the above-mentioned ideal performance.
为了解决上述问题,在一些实施例中,可以在鞋底上(如鞋中底上)使用刚性层。例如,在鞋类制品的鞋大底上设置刚性层,以改进鞋类制品的稳定性和平衡性。鞋大底的表面可装配一个或多个碳纤维板作为刚性层。或者,一个或多个碳纤维板可插入鞋大底内作为刚性层。使用碳纤维板可以提高鞋类产品的性能,但这种解决方案也有其局限性。首先,碳纤维板价格昂贵。其次,碳纤维板的铺设涉及化学粘合剂的使用,增加了回收的难度,不利于环保。In order to solve the above problems, in some embodiments, a rigid layer may be used on the sole (such as on the midsole). For example, a rigid layer is provided on the outsole of the footwear product to improve the stability and balance of the footwear product. The surface of the outsole can be equipped with one or more carbon fiber boards as a rigid layer. Alternatively, one or more carbon fiber panels can be inserted into the outsole as a rigid layer. The use of carbon fiber board can improve the performance of footwear products, but this solution also has its limitations. First of all, carbon fiber boards are expensive. Secondly, the laying of carbon fiber boards involves the use of chemical adhesives, which increases the difficulty of recycling and is not conducive to environmental protection.
图3a是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图。在另一些实施例中,如图3a所示,第一部分可以包括鞋中底310,第二部分可以包括增强件320。增强件320可以是增设于鞋中底310上(嵌入鞋中底310内或连接在鞋中底310的表面上)的,体积小于鞋中底310的体积的,刚度大于鞋中底310的刚度的,用于改善鞋中底310的性能(如弹性、稳定性、缓冲性能)的部件。在一些实施例中,增强件320的刚度可以大于鞋中底310的刚度。在一些实施例中,增强件320可以嵌入鞋中底310内,或者,增强件320也可以设于鞋中底310的表面(如上表面、下表面或侧边缘)。在本实施例中,增强件320可以起到改善鞋中底310的弹性、改善鞋中底310的缓冲性能、改善鞋中底310的特定部位的韧性、改善鞋中底310的支撑力等作用。增强件320 的结构(如是否设置通孔)、形状可以根据实际的使用需求来进行设置,例如,可以根据设计的增强件320所处的位置来确定增强件320的结构和形状,又例如,可以根据增强件320的设计重心位置和设计重量来确定增强件320的结构和形状和重量。增强件320的设计重心位置和设计重量等可以基于鞋中底310的使用需求来确定。例如,当鞋中底310用于制作运动鞋的鞋底时,设计增强件320的设计重量较轻。增强件320的结构和形状等相关说明,请参加下文的相关内容。Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of the structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application. In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 a, the first part may include a midsole 310, and the second part may include a reinforcement 320. The reinforcement 320 may be added to the midsole 310 (embedded in the midsole 310 or connected to the surface of the midsole 310), and has a volume smaller than that of the midsole 310, and has a stiffness greater than that of the midsole 310. , Used to improve the performance (such as elasticity, stability, cushioning performance) of the shoe midsole 310. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310. In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in the midsole 310, or the reinforcing member 320 may also be provided on the surface (such as the upper surface, the lower surface or the side edge) of the midsole 310. In this embodiment, the reinforcing member 320 can play a role in improving the elasticity of the midsole 310, improving the cushioning performance of the midsole 310, improving the toughness of a specific part of the midsole 310, and improving the supporting force of the midsole 310. . The structure and shape of the reinforcement 320 (such as whether a through hole is provided) and the shape can be set according to actual use requirements. For example, the structure and shape of the reinforcement 320 can be determined according to the position of the designed reinforcement 320. For another example, The structure, shape, and weight of the reinforcement 320 may be determined according to the design center of gravity position and the design weight of the reinforcement 320. The design center of gravity position and design weight of the reinforcement 320 may be determined based on the use requirements of the midsole 310. For example, when the midsole 310 is used to make the sole of a sports shoe, the design reinforcement 320 is designed to be lighter in weight. For the description of the structure and shape of the reinforcement 320, please refer to the relevant content below.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底310、增强件320和粘合层中的至少一个可以包括双重固化材料。在一些实施例中,鞋中底310和/或增强件320包括双重固化材料。相较于上述嵌入碳纤维板的技术方案,通过采用双重固化材料,使用双重固化处理,在将鞋中底310和增强件320单独制造后,可以方便而稳定地将鞋中底310和增强件320组装起来。In some embodiments, at least one of the midsole 310, the reinforcement 320, and the adhesive layer may include a dual curing material. In some embodiments, the midsole 310 and/or the reinforcement 320 includes a dual curing material. Compared with the above-mentioned technical solution of embedding carbon fiber board, by adopting dual curing materials and using dual curing treatment, after the midsole 310 and the reinforcement 320 are manufactured separately, the midsole 310 and the reinforcement 320 can be easily and stably assembled. Assemble it.
此外,设置有增强件320的鞋中底310不仅可以由相对更柔性和更有弹性的鞋中底310提供的良好缓冲功能,而且还可以由增强件320提供额外能量返回和稳定性。In addition, the midsole 310 provided with the reinforcement 320 not only has a good cushioning function provided by the relatively more flexible and elastic midsole 310, but also can provide additional energy return and stability by the reinforcement 320.
在一些实施例中,增强件320的刚度可以比鞋中底310的刚度大5%-300%,也就是说,增强件320的刚度减去鞋中底310的刚度的差值除以鞋中底310的刚度后得到的值,在5%-300%的范围内。在一些实施例中,鞋中底310的刚度可以为为35N/mm-66N/mm。在一些实施例中,鞋中底310的刚度可以为490N/mm-1186N/mm。在一些实施例中,增强件320的刚度可以大于鞋中底310的刚度。In some embodiments, the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be 5%-300% greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310, that is, the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 minus the stiffness of the midsole 310 is divided by the stiffness of the midsole 310. The value obtained after the stiffness of the bottom 310 is in the range of 5%-300%. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the midsole 310 may be 35N/mm-66N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the midsole 310 may be 490N/mm-1186N/mm. In some embodiments, the stiffness of the reinforcement 320 may be greater than the stiffness of the midsole 310.
在一些实施例中,为了增大增强件320的刚度,增强件320可以包括双重固化材料和纤维材料。增强件320所包括的双重固化材料的说明,请参见上文关于双重固化材料的相关内容。在一些实施例中,增强件320所包括的纤维材料可以包括碳纤维,玻璃纤维,SiC纤维、C纤维、Si3N4纤维、B纤维、B(W芯)纤维、SiC(W芯)纤维、SiC(C芯)纤维、Al2O3纤维,高聚物纤维等。In some embodiments, in order to increase the rigidity of the reinforcement member 320, the reinforcement member 320 may include a dual curing material and a fiber material. For the description of the dual-curing material included in the reinforcement 320, please refer to the relevant content of the dual-curing material above. In some embodiments, the fiber material included in the reinforcement 320 may include carbon fiber, glass fiber, SiC fiber, C fiber, Si3N4 fiber, B fiber, B (W core) fiber, SiC (W core) fiber, SiC (C Core) fiber, Al2O3 fiber, polymer fiber, etc.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底310可以包括由前至后依次连接的前掌部311、足弓部312和后跟部313。可以理解地,在用户穿上由鞋中底310制作的鞋子时,用户的脚的前掌可以对应位于前掌部311的位置,用户的脚的足弓可以对应位于足弓部312的位置,用户的脚的后跟可以对应位于后跟部313的位置。在一些实施例中,增强件320可以设置在鞋中底310的上表面或下表面的任意位置。在另一些实施例中,增强件320可以嵌入鞋中底310的任何位置。在一些实施例中,增强件320可以设置在鞋中底310的前部区域。前部区域可以是指鞋中底的前1/3的区域。在另一些实施例中,增强件可320 可以设置在鞋中底310的后部区域。后部区域可以是指鞋中底的后1/3的区域。在一些实施例中,增强件320设于前掌部311、足弓部312和/或后跟部313上。也就是说,前掌部311、足弓部312和后跟部313的任意一个或两个上可以设有增强件320,或者,前掌部311、足弓部312和后跟部313上均可以设有增强件320。In some embodiments, the midsole 310 may include a forefoot portion 311, an arch portion 312, and a heel portion 313 that are sequentially connected from front to back. Understandably, when the user puts on the shoes made of the shoe midsole 310, the forefoot of the user's foot can correspond to the position of the forefoot part 311, and the arch of the user's foot can correspond to the position of the arch part 312. The heel of the user's foot may correspond to the position of the heel 313. In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may be provided at any position on the upper surface or the lower surface of the midsole 310. In other embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in any position of the midsole 310 of the shoe. In some embodiments, the reinforcement 320 may be provided in the front area of the midsole 310. The front area may refer to the area of the first 1/3 of the midsole of the shoe. In other embodiments, the reinforcement member 320 may be provided in the rear area of the midsole 310. The rear area may refer to the area of the rear 1/3 of the midsole of the shoe. In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 is provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312 and/or the heel portion 313. That is to say, any one or both of the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313 may be provided with a reinforcing member 320, or the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313 may all be provided with reinforcements 320. There is a reinforcement 320.
在一些实施例中,增强件320在固化后的厚度可以为0.05mm-2mm。当增强件320包括双重固化材料时,固化后的厚度可以为第二重固化处理后的厚度。当增强件320包括单重固化材料时,固化后的厚度可以为增强件固化成型后的厚度。例如,当增强件包括光固化树脂时,固化后的厚度可以为光固化树脂固化成型为增强件320后的厚度。通过将增强件320设置在上述厚度范围内,可以使得增强件320能够达到改善鞋中底310的弹性、改善鞋中底310的缓冲性能、改善鞋中底310的特定部位的韧性、改善鞋中底310的支撑力等作用,又保证增强件320不会过多影响鞋中底310的尺寸和结构。In some embodiments, the thickness of the reinforcement 320 after curing may be 0.05 mm-2 mm. When the reinforcing member 320 includes a dual curing material, the thickness after curing may be the thickness after the second curing process. When the reinforcing member 320 includes a single-cured material, the cured thickness may be the thickness of the reinforcing member after curing and molding. For example, when the reinforcement includes a photo-curable resin, the cured thickness may be the thickness of the photo-curable resin after curing and molding into the reinforcement 320. By setting the reinforcing member 320 within the above-mentioned thickness range, the reinforcing member 320 can improve the elasticity of the midsole 310, improve the cushioning performance of the midsole 310, improve the toughness of specific parts of the midsole 310, and improve the shoe midsole 310. The supporting force of the sole 310 also ensures that the reinforcing member 320 will not excessively affect the size and structure of the midsole 310.
在一些实施例中,增强件320沿垂直于鞋中底310的厚度方向(图3a中的厚度方向为垂直于纸面的方向)的截面的形状可以与鞋中底310的沿垂直于厚度方向的截面的形状相似。增强件320沿垂直于鞋中底310的厚度方向的截面的尺寸可以小于鞋中底310的沿垂直于厚度方向的截面的尺寸。在一些实施例中,增强件320可以包括由前至后依次连接的子前掌部321、子足弓部322和子后跟部323。在增强件320安装在鞋中底310上时,子前掌部321可以位于鞋中底310的前掌部311上,子足弓部322可以位于鞋中底310的足弓部312上,子后跟部323可以位于鞋中底310的后跟部313上。In some embodiments, the shape of the cross-section of the reinforcing member 320 perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 310 (the thickness direction in FIG. 3a is the direction perpendicular to the paper) may be the same as the shape of the midsole 310 perpendicular to the thickness direction. The shape of the cross-section is similar. The size of the reinforcement 320 along the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 310 may be smaller than the size of the midsole 310 along the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction. In some embodiments, the reinforcement member 320 may include a sub-forefoot portion 321, a sub-arch portion 322, and a sub-heel portion 323 that are sequentially connected from front to back. When the reinforcement 320 is installed on the midsole 310, the sub-forefoot portion 321 may be located on the forefoot portion 311 of the midsole 310, and the sub-arch portion 322 may be located on the arch portion 312 of the midsole 310. The heel 323 may be located on the heel 313 of the midsole 310.
在一些实施例中,增强件320的重心与鞋中底310的重心之间的距离小于1mm。在一些实施例中,增强件320的重心与鞋中底310的重心的连线平行于厚度方向。在一些实施例中,增强件320的重心与鞋中底310的重心重合。如果增强件320的重心的位置与鞋中底310的重心的位置偏离过大,可能会影响该鞋中底310制作的鞋子的穿着舒适感。上述三种对重心位置的设置方式均能够在设置增强件320后保证鞋中底310制成的鞋子的舒适度。In some embodiments, the distance between the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 and the center of gravity of the midsole 310 is less than 1 mm. In some embodiments, the line connecting the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 and the center of gravity of the midsole 310 is parallel to the thickness direction. In some embodiments, the center of gravity of the reinforcement 320 coincides with the center of gravity of the midsole 310. If the position of the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 deviates too much from the position of the center of gravity of the shoe midsole 310, the wearing comfort of the shoe made of the shoe midsole 310 may be affected. The above three ways of setting the position of the center of gravity can all ensure the comfort of the shoe made of the midsole 310 after the reinforcement 320 is provided.
图3b是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底的安装凹槽的结构示意图,如图3b所示,在一些实施例中,鞋中底310上可以设置安装凹槽314,安装凹槽314用于安装增强件320。也就是说,增强件320可以嵌入安装凹槽314内。在一些实施例中,粘合层可以位于安装凹槽314的内壁与增强件320之间。安装凹槽314可以设于前掌部311、足弓部312和/或后跟部313上。安装凹槽314的数量可以是一个,也可以是多个。例如,安装凹槽314的数量可以是3个,3个安装凹槽314可以分别设于前掌部311、 足弓部312和后跟部313上。又例如,安装凹槽314的数量可以是2个,两个安装凹槽可以均设于前掌部311上。在图3b所示的实施例中,安装凹槽314设于后跟部313上。Fig. 3b is a schematic structural diagram of a mounting groove of a shoe midsole according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Fig. 3b, in some embodiments, a mounting groove 314 may be provided on the shoe midsole 310. 314 is used to install the reinforcement 320. In other words, the reinforcing member 320 may be embedded in the mounting groove 314. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer may be located between the inner wall of the mounting groove 314 and the reinforcing member 320. The mounting groove 314 may be provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312 and/or the heel portion 313. The number of mounting grooves 314 may be one or more. For example, the number of the mounting grooves 314 may be three, and the three mounting grooves 314 may be provided on the forefoot portion 311, the arch portion 312, and the heel portion 313, respectively. For another example, the number of the installation grooves 314 may be two, and the two installation grooves may both be provided on the fore palm 311. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3b, the mounting groove 314 is provided on the heel portion 313.
在一些实施例中,增强件可320以包括多个通孔324,每个通孔324可以沿,增强件320的厚度方向(图3c-3h中的厚度方向为垂直于纸面的方向,同鞋中底310的厚度方向)贯穿增强件320。通过通孔324的位置设计,也可以调整增强件320的重心位置,以防止增强件320的重心与鞋中底310的重心偏离过大。另外,通过在增强件320上设置通孔324,可以减轻增强件320的重量。在另一些实施例中,还可以通过其他结构设计来达到减轻增强件的重量的目的,例如,在增强件上设置镂空的网格、减小增强件320的厚度等。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may include a plurality of through holes 324, and each through hole 324 may be along the thickness direction of the reinforcing member 320 (the thickness direction in FIGS. 3c-3h is a direction perpendicular to the paper surface, the same The thickness direction of the midsole 310) penetrates the reinforcing member 320. Through the design of the position of the through hole 324, the position of the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 can also be adjusted to prevent the center of gravity of the reinforcing member 320 from deviating too much from the center of gravity of the midsole 310. In addition, by providing the through hole 324 on the reinforcing member 320, the weight of the reinforcing member 320 can be reduced. In other embodiments, other structural designs can also be used to reduce the weight of the reinforcement, for example, a hollow grid is provided on the reinforcement, and the thickness of the reinforcement 320 is reduced.
在一些实施例中,多个通孔324可以位于增强件320的多个不同的位置。例如,增强件320的子前掌部、子足弓部和子后跟部上可以均设有至少一个通孔324。又例如,增强件320的子前掌部321、子足弓部322和子后跟部323的任意一者或两者上可以设有至少一个通孔324。图3c-3h是根据本申请一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的结构示意图,3c-3h示出了增强件包括子前掌部321、子足弓部322和子后跟部323的情况。如图3c所示,增强件320的子前掌部321和子后跟部323均设有一个通孔324。如图3d所示,增强件320的子前掌部321、子足弓部322和子后跟323部均设有一个通孔324。In some embodiments, the plurality of through holes 324 may be located at a plurality of different positions of the reinforcement member 320. For example, at least one through hole 324 may be provided on the forefoot part, the arch part and the heel part of the reinforcement member 320. For another example, at least one through hole 324 may be provided on any one or both of the forefoot portion 321, the arch portion 322 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320. Figures 3c-3h are schematic diagrams of the shoe midsole and reinforcement according to some embodiments of the present application. Figures 3c-3h show a situation where the reinforcement includes a sub-forefoot portion 321, a sub-arch portion 322, and a sub-heel portion 323. . As shown in FIG. 3c, both the forefoot portion 321 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320 are provided with a through hole 324. As shown in FIG. 3d, the forefoot portion 321, the arch portion 322 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcing member 320 are all provided with a through hole 324.
在一些实施例中,增强件320上还可以设有缺口325,缺口325可以沿增强件320的厚度方向(同鞋中底310的厚度方向)贯穿增强件320,且缺口325可以位于增强件320的侧边缘上。如图3e所示,子前掌部321上设有一个通孔324,子足弓部322上设有两个通孔324,子后跟部323上设有缺口325,且缺口325的开口朝向鞋中底310的后侧。如图3f所示,子前掌部321上设有多个通孔324,且各个通孔324的形状和大小均不同。子足弓部322上设有两个通孔324,子后跟部323上设有缺口325,且缺口325的开口朝向鞋中底310的后侧。如图3g和3h所示,增强件320的子前掌部321和子后跟部323均设有一个通孔324,子前掌部321上还设有缺口325,且缺口325的开口朝向鞋中底310的前侧。图3g和图3h中示出的增强件320的区别在于,通孔324的形状以及缺口325的形状不同。图3c-3h仅为具有通孔324的增强件320的示例,通孔的数量、形状和设置位置还可以有多种情况,本申请对此不作进一步限制。In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 320 may also be provided with a notch 325, the notch 325 may penetrate the reinforcing member 320 along the thickness direction of the reinforcing member 320 (the same as the thickness direction of the midsole 310), and the notch 325 may be located in the reinforcing member 320. On the side edges. As shown in Figure 3e, the forefoot part 321 is provided with a through hole 324, the arch part 322 is provided with two through holes 324, the heel part 323 is provided with a notch 325, and the opening of the notch 325 faces the shoe The back side of the midsole 310. As shown in FIG. 3f, the sub-forefoot portion 321 is provided with a plurality of through holes 324, and the shape and size of each through hole 324 are different. Two through holes 324 are provided on the sub-arch portion 322, a notch 325 is provided on the sub-heel portion 323, and the opening of the notch 325 faces the rear side of the midsole 310. As shown in Figures 3g and 3h, the forefoot portion 321 and the heel portion 323 of the reinforcement member 320 are both provided with a through hole 324, the forefoot portion 321 is also provided with a notch 325, and the opening of the notch 325 faces the midsole. The front side of 310. The difference between the reinforcing member 320 shown in FIG. 3g and FIG. 3h is that the shape of the through hole 324 and the shape of the notch 325 are different. 3c-3h are only examples of the reinforcing member 320 having through holes 324, and the number, shape, and arrangement positions of the through holes can also be in various situations, which are not further limited in this application.
图4a是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的鞋中底410和增强件420的结构示意图。如图4a所示,在一些实施例中,增强件420可以包括支撑部421与侧翼部422。 支撑部421可以用于支撑足部,侧翼部422可以用于使得支撑部421与鞋中底410的连接更加稳定。支撑部421可以设于鞋中底410的表面(例如,上表面或下表面),侧翼部422与鞋中底410的侧边缘相连。Fig. 4a is a schematic structural diagram of a shoe midsole 410 and a reinforcing member 420 according to other embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4a, in some embodiments, the reinforcing member 420 may include a supporting portion 421 and a side wing portion 422. The support portion 421 may be used to support the foot, and the side wing portion 422 may be used to make the connection between the support portion 421 and the midsole 410 more stable. The supporting portion 421 may be provided on the surface (for example, the upper surface or the lower surface) of the midsole 410, and the side wing portion 422 is connected to the side edge of the midsole 410.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底410可以包括中央部分和边缘部分,边缘部分可以环绕设置在中央部分外。在鞋中底410与鞋大底组成的鞋底中,中央部分可以垂直于鞋中底410的厚度方向,边缘部分可以与中央部分呈一定角度(如90°、120°、150°等)。在一些实施例中,鞋中底410的中央部分与边缘部分在厚度方向(图4a中箭头示出的方向)上平齐,侧翼部422可以覆盖鞋中底410的外侧边缘。在另一些实施例中,鞋中底410的中央部分在厚度方向上的尺寸小于边缘部分在厚度方向上的尺寸,也就是说,鞋中底410的中央部分向下凹陷,侧翼部422可以覆盖鞋中底的内侧边缘。在一些实施例中,当侧翼部422覆盖鞋中底的内侧边缘时,侧翼部422的最上端的位置可以低于鞋中底410的内侧边缘的最上端的位置。通过设置能够包裹鞋中底410的侧边缘的侧翼部422,可以使得鞋中底410与增强件420的连接更加稳定。In some embodiments, the midsole 410 may include a central part and an edge part, and the edge part may be arranged around the central part. In the sole composed of the midsole 410 and the outsole, the central part may be perpendicular to the thickness direction of the midsole 410, and the edge part may be at a certain angle with the central part (such as 90°, 120°, 150°, etc.). In some embodiments, the central portion and the edge portion of the midsole 410 are flush in the thickness direction (the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. 4a), and the side flap 422 may cover the outer edge of the midsole 410. In other embodiments, the size of the central portion of the midsole 410 in the thickness direction is smaller than the size of the edge portion in the thickness direction. The inner edge of the midsole. In some embodiments, when the side wing portion 422 covers the inner edge of the midsole, the uppermost position of the side wing portion 422 may be lower than the uppermost position of the inner edge of the midsole 410. By providing the side wings 422 that can wrap the side edges of the midsole 410, the connection between the midsole 410 and the reinforcement 420 can be made more stable.
在一些实施例中,当鞋中底410与鞋大底、鞋内底等部件组合成鞋底时,如果增强件420的支撑部421位于鞋中底410的上表面,鞋内底的部分下表面可以与增强件420的上表面相贴合,鞋大底的上表面可以与鞋中底410的下表面贴合;如果增强件420的支撑部421位于鞋中底410的下表面,鞋内底的部分下表面可以与鞋中底410的上表面相贴合,鞋大底的部分上表面可以与增强件420的下表面贴合。In some embodiments, when the shoe midsole 410 is combined with a shoe outsole, an insole and other components to form a shoe sole, if the support portion 421 of the reinforcing member 420 is located on the upper surface of the shoe midsole 410, part of the lower surface of the shoe insole It can be attached to the upper surface of the reinforcement 420, and the upper surface of the outsole can be attached to the lower surface of the midsole 410; if the support portion 421 of the reinforcement 420 is located on the lower surface of the midsole 410, the shoe insole A portion of the lower surface of the shoe midsole 410 may be attached to the upper surface of the shoe sole 410, and a portion of the upper surface of the shoe sole may attach to the lower surface of the reinforcing member 420.
在一些实施例中,支撑部421与侧翼部422的厚度可以相同。在另一些实施例中,支撑部421与侧翼部422的厚度可以不同。In some embodiments, the thickness of the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may be the same. In other embodiments, the thickness of the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may be different.
在一些实施例中,侧翼部422的数量可以是一个。在一些实施例中,侧翼部422的数量可以是两个以上,例如,侧翼部422的数量可以是2个、3个、5个等。在图4a所示的实施例中,侧翼部422的数量是两个。另外,图4a中示出了两个侧翼部422分别覆盖鞋中底410的内侧边缘。In some embodiments, the number of side wing portions 422 may be one. In some embodiments, the number of side wing portions 422 may be more than two, for example, the number of side wing portions 422 may be 2, 3, 5, and so on. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4a, the number of side wing portions 422 is two. In addition, FIG. 4a shows that two side wings 422 respectively cover the inner edge of the midsole 410.
图4b-4e是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的增强件的结构示意图,图4b-4e中的增强件420都包括支撑部421和侧翼部422,区别在于支撑部421的形状不同,以及侧翼部422的形状不同。除了图4b-4e的各个图中示出的支撑部421和侧翼部422的形状,支撑部421和侧翼部422还可以设置为其他的形状。在一些实施例中,还可以基于用户的脚型、用户的行走或运动需求等来设计支撑部421和侧翼部422的形状。4b-4e are structural schematic diagrams of reinforcement members according to other embodiments of the present application. The reinforcement members 420 in FIGS. 4b-4e all include a support portion 421 and a side wing portion 422, the difference lies in the shape of the support portion 421, and The shape of the side wing portion 422 is different. In addition to the shapes of the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 shown in the respective figures of FIGS. 4b-4e, the support portion 421 and the side wing portion 422 may also be provided in other shapes. In some embodiments, the shape of the support part 421 and the side wing part 422 may also be designed based on the user's foot type, the user's walking or exercise requirements, and so on.
在一些实施例中,支撑部421可以覆盖鞋中底410的足弓部412(如图4a所示) 的上表面或下表面。由于足弓部412的垂直于厚度方向的平面上宽度一般较小,容易发生扭转,通过将增强件420(支撑部421)设置在足弓部412,可以有效避免足弓部发生扭转,提高鞋中底410的稳定性。在一些实施例中,支撑部421可以覆盖鞋中底410的前掌部411(如图4a所示)的上表面的部分或全部区域;或者,支撑部421可以覆盖鞋中底410的前掌部411(如图4a所示)的下表面的部分或全部区域。在一些实施例中,支撑部421可以覆盖鞋中底410的后跟部413(如图4a所示)的上表面的部分或全部区域,或者,支撑部421可以覆盖鞋中底410的后跟部413的下表面的部分或全部区域。In some embodiments, the supporting portion 421 may cover the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch portion 412 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410. Since the width of the arch portion 412 on the plane perpendicular to the thickness direction is generally small, it is prone to twisting. By arranging the reinforcement 420 (supporting portion 421) on the arch portion 412, the arch portion can be effectively prevented from twisting and the shoe can be improved. The stability of the midsole 410. In some embodiments, the support portion 421 may cover part or all of the upper surface of the forefoot portion 411 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410; or the support portion 421 may cover the forefoot of the midsole 410 Part 411 (as shown in FIG. 4a) is part or all of the lower surface. In some embodiments, the support portion 421 may cover part or all of the upper surface of the heel portion 413 (as shown in FIG. 4a) of the midsole 410, or the support portion 421 may cover the heel portion 413 of the midsole 410 Part or all of the area of the lower surface.
图5a是根据本申请又一些实施例所示的鞋中底和增强件的立体结构示意图。在一些实施例中,如图5a所示,增强件520可以包括上顶部521、下底部523和连接部522。连接部522可以用于连接上顶部521和下底部523,上顶部521和下底部523可以分别支撑鞋中底510的上侧面和下侧面。上顶部521的一端与下底部的一端可以通过连接部522相连。在一些实施例中,增强件520可以呈U型。在另一些实施例中,增强件520可以呈Z型。Fig. 5a is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole and a reinforcement according to other embodiments of the present application. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 a, the reinforcing member 520 may include an upper top portion 521, a lower bottom portion 523 and a connecting portion 522. The connecting portion 522 may be used to connect the upper top 521 and the lower bottom 523, and the upper top 521 and the lower bottom 523 may respectively support the upper side and the lower side of the midsole 510. One end of the upper top portion 521 and one end of the lower bottom portion may be connected by a connecting portion 522. In some embodiments, the reinforcement 520 may be U-shaped. In other embodiments, the reinforcing member 520 may be Z-shaped.
在一些实施例中,如图5a所示,上顶部521、下底部523和连接部522可以均嵌入鞋中底的后跟部513内。通过在鞋中底510的后跟部513内设置上顶部521、下底部523和连接部522,可以增强后跟部513的缓冲性能和稳定性能。在一些实施例中,连接部522可以位于后跟部513的前端,上顶部521可以位于后跟部513的上端,下底部523可以位于后跟部513的下端,这样可以进一步提升后跟部513的缓冲性能和稳定性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5a, the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523, and the connecting portion 522 may all be embedded in the heel portion 513 of the midsole. By arranging the upper top 521, the lower bottom 523 and the connecting portion 522 in the heel 513 of the midsole 510, the cushioning performance and stability performance of the heel 513 can be enhanced. In some embodiments, the connecting portion 522 may be located at the front end of the heel portion 513, the upper top portion 521 may be located at the upper end of the heel portion 513, and the lower bottom portion 523 may be located at the lower end of the heel portion 513, which can further improve the cushioning performance of the heel portion 513. Stable performance.
在一些实施例中,如图5b和5c所示,上顶部521和下底部523之间还可以设置支撑结构524,用于增加增强件520的稳定性。如图5b和5c所示,支撑结构524可以包括多个支撑板,多个支撑板可以依次连接,且相邻的两个支撑板之间的夹角可以具有夹角。在一些实施例中,相邻的两个支撑板之间的夹角的度数可以是30°-150°,例如,相邻的两个支撑板之间的夹角的度数可以是30°60°、90°110°、150°等。相邻的两个支撑板与上顶部521、相邻的两个支撑板与下底部523均可以围成三角形,这样可以使得增强件520的结构更加稳定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 5b and 5c, a supporting structure 524 may be provided between the upper top portion 521 and the lower bottom portion 523 to increase the stability of the reinforcing member 520. As shown in FIGS. 5b and 5c, the supporting structure 524 may include a plurality of supporting plates, and the plurality of supporting plates may be connected in sequence, and the angle between two adjacent supporting plates may have an angle. In some embodiments, the degree of the included angle between two adjacent support plates may be 30°-150°, for example, the degree of the included angle between two adjacent support plates may be 30°60° , 90°110°, 150°, etc. The two adjacent supporting plates and the upper top 521, and the two adjacent supporting plates and the lower bottom 523 can all form a triangle, which can make the structure of the reinforcement 520 more stable.
在一些实施例中,如图5d所示,增强件520还可以包括延伸部525,延伸部525位于足弓部512(图5a中示出)的上表面或下表面;或者,延伸部525嵌入足弓部512内。也就是说,当增强件520位于后跟部513内时,延伸部525可以由上顶部521、下 底部523和连接部522中的一个向前(如图5d中箭头所示的方向)延伸而形成。在一些实施例中,当增强件520位于前掌部511(图5a中示出)或足弓部512时,延伸部525也可以由上顶部521、下底部523或连接部522向前延伸或向后延伸。延伸部525可以增大增强件520与鞋中底510的接触面积,可以有利于保证鞋中底510的稳定性。例如,当增强件520设于后跟部513时,延伸部525延伸到足弓部512,可以增强足弓部512的稳定性,以使得足弓部512不易扭转,从而保证鞋中底510的稳定性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5d, the reinforcing member 520 may further include an extension portion 525 located on the upper or lower surface of the arch portion 512 (shown in FIG. 5a); or, the extension portion 525 is embedded Inside the arch of the foot 512. That is, when the reinforcing member 520 is located in the heel portion 513, the extension portion 525 may be formed by extending one of the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523, and the connecting portion 522 forward (in the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. 5d). . In some embodiments, when the reinforcement 520 is located at the forefoot portion 511 (shown in FIG. 5a) or the arch portion 512, the extension portion 525 may also be extended forward from the upper top portion 521, the lower bottom portion 523 or the connecting portion 522 or Extend backwards. The extension 525 can increase the contact area between the reinforcement 520 and the midsole 510, and can help ensure the stability of the midsole 510. For example, when the reinforcing member 520 is provided on the heel portion 513, the extension portion 525 extends to the arch portion 512, which can enhance the stability of the arch portion 512, so that the arch portion 512 is not easily twisted, thereby ensuring the stability of the midsole 510 sex.
图6是根据本申请再一些实施例所示的鞋中底610和增强件620的立体结构示意图。如图6所示,在一些实施例中,增强件620可以包括第一弧形部621和第二弧形部622。第一弧形部621和第二弧形部622可以分别嵌入鞋中底610的后跟部613的左侧和右侧。第一弧形部621的内弧面和第二弧形部622的内弧面相对设置。在另一些实施例中,第一弧形部621和第二弧形部622也可以分别嵌入鞋中底610的后跟部613的前侧和后侧。在一些实施例中,增强件620可以仅包括第一弧形部621或第二弧形部622。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a shoe midsole 610 and a reinforcing member 620 according to still other embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, in some embodiments, the reinforcing member 620 may include a first arc-shaped portion 621 and a second arc-shaped portion 622. The first arc-shaped part 621 and the second arc-shaped part 622 may be embedded in the left and right sides of the heel 613 of the midsole 610, respectively. The inner arc surface of the first arc-shaped portion 621 and the inner arc surface of the second arc-shaped portion 622 are arranged opposite to each other. In other embodiments, the first arc-shaped portion 621 and the second arc-shaped portion 622 may also be embedded in the front side and the back side of the heel portion 613 of the midsole 610, respectively. In some embodiments, the reinforcing member 620 may only include the first arc-shaped portion 621 or the second arc-shaped portion 622.
可以理解地,图5a-5d以及图6所示的增强件均可以嵌入图3b所示的位于后跟部313的安装凹槽314内。上述设有增强件的鞋中底均可以进一步与鞋底的其他结构(如鞋大底、鞋内底和鞋垫等组合而形成完整的鞋底。)It is understandable that the reinforcement shown in FIGS. 5a-5d and FIG. 6 can all be embedded in the mounting groove 314 at the heel portion 313 shown in FIG. 3b. The aforementioned midsoles provided with reinforcements can be further combined with other structures of the soles (such as outsoles, insoles, insoles, etc.) to form a complete sole.
在一些实施例中,打印件可以包括枕头。第一部分可以为枕头的一部分,第二部分可以为枕头的另一部分。在另一些实施例中,可以将枕头拆分为三部分或四部分。下文中,以枕头的第一部分、第二部分以及粘合层均包括双重固化材料为例,说明枕头的打印步骤。其中,枕头的第一部分和/或第二部分可以包括镂空结构。枕头的第一部分和第二部分的形状、结构和尺寸等可以相同,也可以不同。In some embodiments, the print may include a pillow. The first part can be a part of the pillow, and the second part can be another part of the pillow. In other embodiments, the pillow can be split into three or four parts. Hereinafter, the printing steps of the pillow are described by taking the example that the first part, the second part, and the adhesive layer of the pillow each include a dual-curing material. Wherein, the first part and/or the second part of the pillow may include a hollow structure. The shape, structure and size of the first part and the second part of the pillow can be the same or different.
本申请实施例还提供一种打印方法,该打印方法可以用于打印上文中所述的打印件。如图7所示并结合图1,该打印方法的流程700可以包括以下步骤:The embodiment of the present application also provides a printing method, which can be used to print the prints described above. As shown in FIG. 7 and in conjunction with FIG. 1, the process 700 of the printing method may include the following steps:
步骤710,提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个。Step 710: Provide at least one of the first part and the second part.
在步骤710中,提供第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个,可以是仅提供第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个,也可是提供第一部分110和第二部分120的二者。提供第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个可以是获取已经制造完成的第一部分110和/或第二部分120,也可以是制造第一部分110和/或第二部分120。第一部分110和第二部分120的提供方式可以相同,也可以不同。例如,第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个可以是制造而成的,而第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个可以是 获取的已经制造完成的。当第一部分110和第二部分120均为制造而成,制造第一部分110的方法与制造第二部分120的方法可以相同,也可以不同。在一些实施例中,制造第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个的方法可以是注塑成型、热压成型、3D打印等方法。仅作为示例,3D打印可以包括熔融沉积成型、激光烧结成型、光固化成型等方式。In step 710, at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is provided. It may be that only one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is provided, or both of the first part 110 and the second part 120 are provided. Providing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be to obtain the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 that has been manufactured, or to manufacture the first part 110 and/or the second part 120. The first part 110 and the second part 120 can be provided in the same way or differently. For example, one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be manufactured, and the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be obtained and already manufactured. When the first part 110 and the second part 120 are both manufactured, the method of manufacturing the first part 110 and the method of manufacturing the second part 120 may be the same or different. In some embodiments, the method of manufacturing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be injection molding, thermocompression molding, 3D printing, or the like. Just as an example, 3D printing may include fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, light curing molding and other methods.
在一些实施例中,提供第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个,包括:通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分110和所述第二部分120中的至少一个。双重固化成型方式可以包括第一重固化处理和第二重固化处理。在步骤710中,第一重固化处理可以包括光固化处理。第二重固化处理可以包括光固化处理、热固化处理和湿固化处理中的任意一种或多种。可以理解地,通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个,可以是通过第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110,也可以是通过第一重固化处理制作出第二部分120,还可以是通过第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110和第二部分120。In some embodiments, providing at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 includes: making at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 through a first recuring process in a dual curing molding manner one. The dual-curing molding method may include a first re-curing treatment and a second re-curing treatment. In step 710, the first re-curing treatment may include a photo-curing treatment. The second curing process may include any one or more of photo curing process, thermal curing process and moisture curing process. It is understandable that at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 is produced by the first recuring process of the dual curing molding method. The first part 110 can be produced by the first recuring process, or the first part 110 can be produced by the first The second part 120 is produced by the recuring treatment, and the first part 110 and the second part 120 can also be produced by the first recuring treatment.
在一些实施例中,可以通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110和第二部分120的其中一个,使用其他打印方式制作出第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个。在一些实施例中,其他打印方式可以是熔融沉积成型、激光烧结成型等3D打印方式。在另一些实施例中,第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个可以通过注塑成型、热压成型等方式制造。In some embodiments, one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be produced by the first recuring process of the double curing molding method, and the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be produced by other printing methods. . In some embodiments, other printing methods may be 3D printing methods such as fused deposition molding and laser sintering molding. In other embodiments, the other of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may be manufactured by injection molding, hot press molding, or the like.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110和第二部分120可以均通过其他打印方式制作出。其他打印方式的具体说明,请参见上文的相关内容。在另一些实施例中,第一部分110和第二部分120均可以通过注塑成型、热压成型等方式制造。In some embodiments, the first part 110 and the second part 120 may both be made by other printing methods. For specific instructions on other printing methods, please refer to the relevant content above. In other embodiments, both the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be manufactured by injection molding, thermocompression molding, or the like.
在一些实施例中,步骤710可以包括以下步骤:基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理而制作出第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个;制作所述第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个。在本实施例中,第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个可以包括双重固化材料。其中,所述双重固化材料的一部分组分能够在第一重固化处理后实现固化,关于双重固化材料的详细说明,请参见上文的相关内容。In some embodiments, step 710 may include the following steps: based on a dual curing material, using a first recuring process to make one of the first part 110 and the second part 120; making the first part 110 and the second part 120 The other one. In this embodiment, at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 may include a dual curing material. Wherein, a part of the components of the dual-curing material can be cured after the first re-curing treatment. For a detailed description of the dual-curing material, please refer to the relevant content above.
在一些实施例中,制作第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个的步骤可以包括:基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理操作而制作第一部分110和第二部分120中的另一个。也就是说,第一部分110和第二部分120可以均包括双重固化材料。In some embodiments, the step of fabricating the other of the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 may include: fabricating the other of the first portion 110 and the second portion 120 based on a dual curing material, using a first recuring process operation . That is, the first part 110 and the second part 120 may each include a dual curing material.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110和/或第二部分120可以包括单重固化材料,单 重固化材料的说明,请参见上文的相关内容。In some embodiments, the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 may include a single-layer curing material. For the description of the single-layer curing material, please refer to the relevant content above.
在一些实施例中,步骤710还可以包括对第一部分110和/或第二部分120的表面进行清洁处理,如用水进行清洗,用离心机使得第一部分110和/或第二部分120表面的未固化组分脱离第一部分110和/或第二部分120的表面,以保证第一部分110和第二部分120的连接效果。In some embodiments, step 710 may further include cleaning the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120, such as washing with water, and using a centrifuge to make the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 undesirable. The curing component is separated from the surface of the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 to ensure the connection effect of the first part 110 and the second part 120.
步骤720,在第一部分110和/或第二部分120上设置粘合层130。In step 720, an adhesive layer 130 is provided on the first part 110 and/or the second part 120.
在步骤720中,可以仅在第一部分110上设置粘合层130,也可以仅在第二部分120上设置粘合层130,还可以在第一部分110和第二部分120上均设置粘合层130。在一些实施例中,粘合层130可以包括双重固化材料,在另一些实施例中,粘合层130可以包括单重固化材料。In step 720, the adhesive layer 130 may be provided only on the first part 110, or the adhesive layer 130 may be provided only on the second part 120, or the adhesive layer may be provided on both the first part 110 and the second part 120. 130. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual-cured material, and in other embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 may include a single-cured material.
在一些实施例中,粘合层130可以涂覆在第一部分110与第二部分120的贴合处。第一部分110与第二部分120的贴合处可以理解为第一部分110和第二部分120相连接时二者相互接触的位置。粘合层130可以涂覆在第一部分110上用于与第二部分120接触的位置处,粘合层130也可以涂覆在第二部分120上用于与第一部分110接触的位置处。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 may be coated on the joint between the first part 110 and the second part 120. The joint of the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be understood as the position where the first part 110 and the second part 120 contact each other when they are connected. The adhesive layer 130 may be coated on the first part 110 for contact with the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 may also be coated on the second part 120 for contact with the first part 110.
步骤730,对第一部分110和/或第二部分120以及粘合层130进行固化处理。In step 730, the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 are cured.
在步骤730可以是对第一部分110和粘合层130进行固化处理,也可以是对第二部分120和粘合层130进行固化处理,还可以是对第一部分110、第二部分120以及粘合层130三者进行固化处理。步骤730中的固化处理可以为双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理。步骤730中的固化处理也可以为双重固化成型方式的第二重固化处理。In step 730, the first part 110 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured, or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured, or the first part 110, the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may be cured. The three layers 130 are cured. The curing treatment in step 730 may be the first re-curing treatment in a dual-curing molding mode. The curing treatment in step 730 may also be a second-stage curing treatment in a dual-curing molding manner.
在一些实施例中,当第一部分110和第二部分120为通过其他打印方式制作出,此时,第一部分110和第二部分120可以都不包括双重固化材料,粘合层130包括双重固化材料,对第一部分110和/或第二部分120以及粘合层130进行固化处理可以包括以下步骤:通过双重固化成型方式对粘合层130以及第一部分110和第二部分120进行固化处理,以实现第一部分110和第二部分120的连接。通过双重固化处理对粘合层130以及第一部分110和第二部分120进行固化处理可以是先对上述三者进行第一重固化处理(如光固化处理),再对上述三者进行第二重固化处理(如光固化处理、热固化处理或湿固化处理)。在一些实施例中,当第一重固化处理为光固化处理时,可以仅对粘合层130进行第一重固化处理。在一些实施例中,当第一重固化处理和第二重固化处理均为光固化处理时,可以仅对粘合层130进行第一重固化处理和第二重固化处理。In some embodiments, when the first part 110 and the second part 120 are made by other printing methods, at this time, the first part 110 and the second part 120 may not include dual curing materials, and the adhesive layer 130 includes dual curing materials. , Curing the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 and the adhesive layer 130 may include the following steps: curing the adhesive layer 130 and the first part 110 and the second part 120 through a dual curing molding method to achieve The first part 110 and the second part 120 are connected. The curing process of the adhesive layer 130 and the first part 110 and the second part 120 through the dual curing process can be performed by first performing a first curing process (such as a photocuring process) on the above three, and then performing a second curing process on the above three. Curing treatment (such as light curing treatment, thermal curing treatment or moisture curing treatment). In some embodiments, when the first re-curing process is a photo-curing process, only the first re-curing process may be performed on the adhesive layer 130. In some embodiments, when the first recuring process and the second recuring process are both photocuring processes, only the first recuring process and the second recuring process may be performed on the adhesive layer 130.
在一些实施例中,当第一部分110和第二部分120中的至少一个包括双重固化材料时,步骤730可以进一步包括以下步骤:将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合而获得组合体;将组合体进行第二重固化处理,以获得打印件。其中,双重固化材料的另一部分组分能够在第二重固化处理后实现固化。组合体中的第一部分110和第二部分120可以是呈贴合在一起的状态(此时可以是粘合层处于未固化状态,例如作为粘合层的双重固化材料处于未固化状态),也可以是呈粘合在一起的状态(此时可以是粘合层处于部分组分固化的状态,例如作为粘合层的双重固化材料的一部分组分处于未固化状态)。组合体的具体获取方式,请参见下文的相关内容。在一些实施例中,将组合体进行第二重固化处理时,保持第一部分110和第二部分120贴合的状态,第一部分110和第二部分120能够在第二重固化处理后通过粘合层130连接起来。In some embodiments, when at least one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 includes a dual curing material, step 730 may further include the following steps: attaching the first part 110 to the second part 120 to obtain a combined body; The combined body is subjected to a second curing process to obtain a print. Among them, another part of the dual curing material can be cured after the second curing treatment. The first part 110 and the second part 120 in the assembly may be in a state of being attached together (at this time, the adhesive layer may be in an uncured state, for example, the dual curing material as the adhesive layer is in an uncured state), also It may be in a state of being bonded together (in this case, the bonding layer may be in a partially cured state, for example, a part of the dual curing material as the bonding layer may be in an uncured state). For the specific method of obtaining the combination, please refer to the relevant content below. In some embodiments, when the assembly is subjected to the second re-curing treatment, the first part 110 and the second part 120 are kept in a state of being attached, and the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be bonded after the second re-curing treatment. The layers 130 are connected.
在一些实施例中,粘合层130可以包括双重固化材料。在一些实施例中,当粘合层130包括双重固化材料时,将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合而获得组合体的步骤可以进一步包括以下子步骤:将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合;将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120进行第一重固化处理而使得粘合层130的一部分组分固化,以形成组合体。将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120进行第一重固化处理可以是将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120进行光固化处理。粘合层130的一部分组分固化后可以使得第一部分110和第二部分120实现初步连接。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 130 may include a dual curing material. In some embodiments, when the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual curing material, the step of attaching the first part 110 and the second part 120 to obtain a combined body may further include the following sub-steps: combining the first part 110 and the second part 120 Laminating; the first part 110 and the second part 120 after being bonded are subjected to a first re-curing treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 to form an assembly. Performing the first recuring treatment on the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 may be subjecting the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 to a photocuring process. After curing a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130, the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be initially connected.
在一些实施例中,第一部分110和/或第二部分120可以包括透光结构;或者,第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括镂空结构。在步骤720中,将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120进行第一重固化处理而使得粘合层130的一部分组分固化的步骤可以进一步包括:通过透光材料或镂空结构对粘合层130进行光照射,以使得粘合层130的一部分组分固化。透光材料和镂空结构的具体说明,请参见上文的相关内容。由于第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括能够允许光穿过的透光材料或镂空结构,可以用光(如紫外光)对粘合层130进行照射,以使得粘合层130实现光固化。In some embodiments, the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 may include a light-transmitting structure; or, the first portion 110 and/or the second portion 120 may include a hollow structure. In step 720, the step of subjecting the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 to a first recuring treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 may further include: bonding the adhesive through a light-transmitting material or a hollow structure. The laminated layer 130 is irradiated with light to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130. For specific descriptions of light-transmitting materials and hollow structures, please refer to the relevant content above. Since the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a light-transmitting material or a hollow structure that can allow light to pass through, the adhesive layer 130 can be irradiated with light (such as ultraviolet light), so that the adhesive layer 130 is photocured .
在一些实施例中,第一部分110、第二部分120和粘合层130中的至少一个包括双重固化材料。双重固化材料的一部分组分可以在步骤710中进行第一重固化处理(当第一部分110和/或第二部分120包括双重固化材料),或在步骤730中(当粘合层130包括双重固化材料)进行第一重固化处理。其中,双重固化材料的另一部分组分能够在第二重固化处理后实现固化。In some embodiments, at least one of the first portion 110, the second portion 120, and the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual curing material. A part of the dual-curing material may be subjected to a first re-curing treatment in step 710 (when the first part 110 and/or the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material), or in step 730 (when the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual-curing material) Material) Carry out the first re-curing treatment. Among them, another part of the dual curing material can be cured after the second curing treatment.
在一些实施例中,第一重固化处理可以包括光固化处理。在一些实施例中,第 二重固化处理可以包括光固化处理,热固化处理和湿固化处理等。光固化处理、热固化处理和湿固化处理的相关说明,请参见上文的相关内容。在一些实施例中,当第二重固化处理为热固化处理时,热固化处理的温度为80℃-160℃。例如,热固化处理的温度可以为80℃、100℃、116℃、148℃等温度。在一些实施例中,热固化处理的温度可以为2小时、12小时、18小时、24小时等。关于光固化和湿固化的进一步说明,请参见上文的相关内容。In some embodiments, the first re-curing treatment may include a photo-curing treatment. In some embodiments, the second curing treatment may include light curing treatment, thermal curing treatment, moisture curing treatment, and the like. For related descriptions of light curing, heat curing and moisture curing, please refer to the relevant content above. In some embodiments, when the second recuring process is a thermal curing process, the temperature of the thermal curing process is 80°C-160°C. For example, the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 80°C, 100°C, 116°C, 148°C, or the like. In some embodiments, the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 2 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, and so on. For further instructions on light curing and moisture curing, please refer to the relevant content above.
在一些实施例中,当仅第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个包括双重固化材料时,打印方法可以包括以下步骤(以第一部分110包括双重固化材料为例):基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110(第一部分110的一部分组分固化,而另一部分组分未固化);获取第二部分120(可以通过上文所述的方法制作或直接获取制作完成的成品的第二部分120);在第一部分110和第二部分120的贴合处涂覆粘合层130;将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合,以形成组合体;对组合体进行第二重固化处理,以使得粘合层130和第一部分110的另一部分组分固化,以形成打印件。In some embodiments, when only one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material, the printing method may include the following steps (taking the first part 110 including a dual-curing material as an example): Based on the dual-curing material, use The first re-curing process produces the first part 110 (part of the first part 110 is cured, and the other part is uncured); the second part 120 is obtained (which can be produced by the method described above or directly obtained The second part of the finished product 120); the adhesive layer 130 is applied to the bonding place of the first part 110 and the second part 120; the first part 110 and the second part 120 are bonded together to form a composite body; A double curing process is performed to cure the adhesive layer 130 and another part of the first part 110 to form a printed article.
在一些实施例中,当第一部分110和第二部分120中的一个包括双重固化材料,粘合层130也包括双重固化材料时,打印方法可以包括以下步骤(以第一部分110包括双重固化材料为例):基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理制作出第一部分110(第一部分110的一部分组分固化,而另一部分组分未固化);获取第二部分120;在第一部分110和第二部分120的贴合处涂覆粘合层130;将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合;对粘合层130进行第一重固化处理(如通过上文所述的透光材料或镂空结构对粘合层130进行光照射),以使得粘合层130的一部分组分固化,以形成组合体;对组合体进行第二重固化处理,以使得粘合层130的另一部分组分和第一部分110的另一部分组分固化,以形成打印件。在本实施例中,获取第二部分120可以是通过上文所述的注塑成型、熔融沉积成型、激光烧结成型、光固化成型等方法进行制造,也可以是或直接获取制造完成的成品的第二部分120。In some embodiments, when one of the first part 110 and the second part 120 includes a dual-curing material, and the adhesive layer 130 also includes a dual-curing material, the printing method may include the following steps (taking the first part 110 including the dual-curing material as Example): Based on the dual-curing material, use the first re-curing process to make the first part 110 (one part of the first part 110 is cured, while the other part is uncured); obtain the second part 120; in the first part 110 and the first part 110 Coat the adhesive layer 130 where the two parts 120 are attached; attach the first part 110 to the second part 120; perform the first re-curing treatment on the adhesive layer 130 (such as through the light-transmitting material or hollowing out as described above) The structure irradiates the adhesive layer 130 with light), so that a part of the components of the adhesive layer 130 is cured to form an assembly; the assembly is subjected to a second re-curing treatment so that the other part of the adhesive layer 130 is combined with Another part of the first part 110 is cured to form a print. In this embodiment, obtaining the second part 120 may be manufactured by the above-mentioned injection molding, fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, light curing molding and other methods, or may be or directly obtain the second part of the finished product. Two parts 120.
在一些实施例中,当第一部分110、第二部分120中以及粘合层130均包括双重固化材料时,打印方法与第一部分110和粘合层130包括双重固化材料时的打印方法类似,其区别仅在于,第二部分120可以基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理制作出。In some embodiments, when the first part 110, the second part 120, and the adhesive layer 130 all include dual curing materials, the printing method is similar to the printing method when the first part 110 and the adhesive layer 130 include dual curing materials. The only difference is that the second part 120 can be made based on a dual-curing material using a first-curing process.
在一些实施例中,当仅有粘合层130包括双重固化材料时,打印方法可以包括 以下步骤:通过上文所述的注塑成型、熔融沉积成型、激光烧结成型、光固化成型等方法进行制造第一部分110或第二部分120,或者直接获取制造完成的成品的第一部分110和第二部分120;在第一部分110和第二部分120的贴合处涂覆粘合层130;将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合;对粘合层130进行第一重固化处理(如通过上文所述的透光材料或镂空结构对粘合层130进行光照射),以使得粘合层130的一部分组分固化,以形成组合体;对组合体进行第二重固化处理,以使得粘合层130的另一部分组分和第一部分110的另一部分组分固化,以形成打印件。In some embodiments, when only the adhesive layer 130 includes a dual curing material, the printing method may include the following steps: manufacturing by the above-mentioned injection molding, fused deposition molding, laser sintering molding, light curing molding, etc. The first part 110 or the second part 120, or directly obtain the first part 110 and the second part 120 of the finished product; coat the adhesive layer 130 at the joint of the first part 110 and the second part 120; the first part 110 It is attached to the second part 120; the adhesive layer 130 is subjected to a first re-curing treatment (such as light-irradiating the adhesive layer 130 through the light-transmitting material or hollow structure described above), so that the adhesive layer 130 is A part of the components are cured to form an assembly; the assembly is subjected to a second recuring treatment to cure another part of the adhesive layer 130 and the other part of the first part 110 to form a print.
在一些实施例中,上述打印方法可以用于打印鞋底,结合图2a、图2b和图2c,打印鞋底可以按照以下步骤进行:In some embodiments, the above-mentioned printing method can be used to print shoe soles. With reference to Figures 2a, 2b, and 2c, printing shoe soles can be performed according to the following steps:
步骤a1.设计鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模型,并将该鞋中底210与鞋大底220的三维模型进行切片处理,得到用于光固化处理的光图案数据,配置光固化处理所需的双重固化材料,该双重固化机制树脂可以包括能够光固化的组份以及无法光固化的组份,其中用于打印鞋大底220的材料(可以是双重固化材料或单重固化材料等)可透光。Step a1. Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slicing processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to obtain the light pattern data for photocuring. Configure the dual-curing material required for the photo-curing process. The dual-curing mechanism resin may include a component that can be photo-cured and a component that cannot be photo-cured. Recuring materials, etc.) can transmit light.
在一些实施例中,在步骤a1中,鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模型可以是使得鞋大底220至少部分覆盖鞋中底210的下表面。在一些实施例中,可以是用于打印鞋中底210的材料可透光。In some embodiments, in step a1, the three-dimensional model of the midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the outsole 220 may be such that the outsole 220 at least partially covers the lower surface of the midsole 210. In some embodiments, the material used to print the midsole 210 may be light-transmissive.
步骤b1.将双重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将光图案数据导入光固化打印设备中,通过光固化打印设备制备打印中间体,打印中间体中含有未固化成分。Step b1. The dual curing material is added to the light curing printing device, the light pattern data is imported into the light curing printing device, and the printing intermediate is prepared by the light curing printing device, and the printing intermediate contains uncured components.
在一些实施例中,在步骤b1中,上述打印中间体可以是鞋中底210的打印中间体和/或鞋大底220的打印中间体。In some embodiments, in step b1, the above-mentioned printing intermediate may be the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and/or the printing intermediate of the shoe sole 220.
步骤c1.将步骤b1中的打印中间体进行清理处理,该清理处理用于去除打印中间体表面上残留的未固化树脂。Step c1. The printing intermediate in step b1 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is used to remove the uncured resin remaining on the surface of the printing intermediate.
步骤d1.在步骤b1中的打印中间体的上涂覆未固化的双重固化材料作为粘合层230。Step d1. Coating an uncured dual curing material as an adhesive layer 230 on the printing intermediate in step b1.
在步骤d1中,当打印中间体包括鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体,可以在鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体的其中一者上涂覆未固化的双重固化材料,也可以在鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体二者上均涂覆未固化的双重固化材料。在另一些实施例中,当打印中间体仅包括鞋中底210的打印中间体,也可以在鞋大底220上涂覆未固化的双重固化材料。在又一些实施 例中,当打印中间体仅包括鞋大底220的打印中间体,也可以在鞋中底210上涂覆未固化的双重固化材料。In step d1, when the printing intermediate includes the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220, one of the printing intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 may be used. The uncured dual-curing material can also be coated with an uncured dual-curing material, and an uncured dual-curing material can also be coated on both the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220. In other embodiments, when the printing intermediate only includes the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210, an uncured dual curing material may also be coated on the shoe outsole 220. In still other embodiments, when the printing intermediate only includes the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220, an uncured dual curing material may also be coated on the shoe midsole 210.
步骤e1.将鞋中底210(或鞋中底210的打印中间体)与鞋大底220(或鞋大底220的打印中间体)相贴合,维持二者贴合的状态并通过可透光的材料对作为粘合层230的双重固化材料进行光照,该光照过程中上述步骤d1中涂覆的未固化的双重固化材料发生光固化,经过光固化后双重固化材料形成的粘合层230中含有未固化成分;Step e1. Fit the shoe midsole 210 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210) with the shoe outsole 220 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220), and maintain the state of the two being stuck together and pass through. The light material irradiates the dual-cured material used as the adhesive layer 230. During the lighting process, the uncured dual-cured material coated in step d1 is photo-cured, and the adhesive layer 230 formed by the dual-cured material is photocured. Contains uncured ingredients;
步骤f1.保持鞋中底210(或鞋中底210的打印中间体)与鞋大底220(或鞋大底220的打印中间体)贴合的状态进行第二重固化处理,打印中间体以及粘合层230中的未固化成分在第二重固化处理后相互粘合,形成鞋底。Step f1. Keep the shoe midsole 210 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210) and the shoe outsole 220 (or the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220) in a state of being attached to each other, and perform the second curing process, printing the intermediate, and The uncured components in the adhesive layer 230 are bonded to each other after the second curing process to form a shoe sole.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220在垂直于鞋大底220的厚度方向的各个截面的形状差别不大。因此,鞋大底220或鞋大底220的打印中间体可以采用光固化2D打印的方式来进行,光固化2D打印与光固化3D打印的区别在于,光固化3D打印每一层的光图案可能会变化,一层打印完成后,需要将打印物拉离成型界面一定的空间后再进行下一层打印,而光固化2D打印无需将打印物拉离成型界面,可以直接在光固化成型面上成型一层或几层固化层,从而得到3D打印的物体。光固化2D打印方式适用于厚度较薄,平铺面积较大的打印物。鞋大底220的打印方式可以通过光固化3D打印的方式制造,也可以通过光固化2D打印的方式制造。同理,鞋中底210可以是通过光固化3D打印的方式制备,也可以通过光固化2D打印的方式制备。In some embodiments, the shape of each section of the outsole 220 perpendicular to the thickness direction of the outsole 220 has little difference. Therefore, the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 or the shoe outsole 220 can be carried out by light-curing 2D printing. The difference between light-curing 2D printing and light-curing 3D printing is that the light pattern of each layer of light-curing 3D printing is possible It will change. After the printing of one layer is completed, the printed material needs to be pulled away from the molding interface to a certain space before the next layer is printed. Light-curing 2D printing does not need to pull the printed material from the molding interface, and can be directly on the light-curing molding surface One or several cured layers are formed to obtain 3D printed objects. The light-curing 2D printing method is suitable for printing with thinner thickness and larger flat area. The printing method of the shoe outsole 220 may be manufactured by a light curing 3D printing method, or may be manufactured by a light curing 2D printing method. In the same way, the shoe midsole 210 may be prepared by light-curing 3D printing, or may be prepared by light-curing 2D printing.
在一些实施例中,制作打印件所使用的材料可以包括两大类可光固化的材料,一类是传统光固化材料(如光固化树脂),一类为双重固化材料(如双重固化树脂)。其中传统可光固化树脂可进行光固化。而具有双重固化机制的树脂光固化后,还具备光固化步骤结束后仍然未固化的成分,该未固化成分在光固化步骤之后的后固化步骤(如第二重固化处理)中可以进行进一步固化。In some embodiments, the materials used to make prints can include two types of photocurable materials, one is traditional light curing materials (such as light curing resins), and the other is dual curing materials (such as dual curing resins). . Among them, the traditional light-curable resin can be light-cured. After the resin with dual curing mechanism is photocured, it also has a component that is still uncured after the photocuring step, and the uncured component can be further cured in the post-curing step (such as the second curing process) after the photocuring step. .
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210、鞋大底220和粘合层230均包括双重固化材料,打印该鞋底的方法可以包括以下步骤:In some embodiments, the midsole 210, the outsole 220, and the adhesive layer 230 all include dual curing materials, and the method of printing the sole may include the following steps:
步骤a2.设计鞋中底210的三维模型和鞋大底220的三维模型,将该鞋中底210与鞋大底220的三维模型分别进行切片处理,得到用于光固化打印的光图案数据,配置光固化打印所需的双重固化材料,其中用于打印鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的双重固化材料可透光。Step a2. Design a three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and a three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and slice the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing. The dual-curing material required for light-curing printing is configured, wherein the dual-curing material used for printing the shoe outsole 220 and/or the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light.
在一些实施例中,在步骤a2中,鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模 型可以是使得鞋大底220的中央部分能够覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,鞋大底220的边缘部分能够弯折后覆盖鞋中底210的侧面。用于打印鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的双重固化材料可透光可以是用于打印鞋中底210的双重固化材料可透光,也可以是用于打印鞋大底220的双重固化材料可透光,还可以是用于打印鞋大底220和鞋中底210的双重固化材料均可透光。In some embodiments, in step a2, the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 may be such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210, and the shoe outsole 220 The edge portion of the shoe can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210. The dual-curing material used to print the shoe outsole 220 and/or the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light. It can be the dual-cured material used to print the shoe midsole 210. The cured material can transmit light, and it can also be a dual-cured material used to print the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 of the shoe, and both can transmit light.
步骤b2.将双重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将光图案数据导入光固化打印设备中,通过光固化打印设备打印鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体,该双重固化材料均含有在光固化处理后未固化组分(该未固化组分需要通过进一步光照、加热、加湿等条件进行固化)。Step b2. Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data into the light curing printing device, and print the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 through the light curing printing device. The dual-curing materials all contain uncured components after the photocuring treatment (the uncured components need to be cured by further light, heating, humidification and other conditions).
在一些实施例中,光固化打印设备可以包括光固化3D打印设备和/或光固化2D打印设备。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋中底210的打印中间体,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋中底210的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体和鞋中底210的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体和鞋中底210的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,鞋中底210和鞋大底220所包括双重固化材料的组分和各组分的含量可以根据鞋中底210以及鞋大底220的性能需求进行调节。In some embodiments, the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the components of the dual curing material included in the midsole 210 and the outsole 220 and the content of each component can be adjusted according to the performance requirements of the midsole 210 and the outsole 220.
步骤c2.将步骤b中的打印中间体(包括鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体)进行清理处理,该清理处理是去除打印中间体表面的未固化组分。Step c2. The printing intermediate (including the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220) in step b is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove uncured components on the surface of the printing intermediate.
步骤d2.在鞋大底220的打印中间体的上表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。Step d2. Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220.
在一些实施例中,作为粘合层230的双重固化材料的厚度为1mm-5mm。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋中底210的打印中间体的下表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋大底220的打印中间体的上表面和鞋大底220的打印中间体的上表面均涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。In some embodiments, the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm. In some embodiments, the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230. In some embodiments, both the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
步骤e2.将鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体相贴合,维持鞋中底210的打印中间体与鞋大底220的打印中间体贴合的状态,进行第一重固化处理而得到组合体。Step e2. Attach the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 to maintain the state that the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, and proceed to the first Re-curing treatment to obtain a combined body.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体相贴合,可以使得鞋大底220中间打印件覆盖鞋中底210中间打印件的底面与侧面。在一些实施 例中,第一重固化处理可以是用光(如紫外光)对作为粘合层230的双重固化材料进行照射,光可以通过可透光的双重固化材料使得作为粘合层230的双重固化材料发生光固化,光固化之后粘合层230中含有未固化组分。In some embodiments, the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, so that the intermediate print of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom and sides of the intermediate print of the shoe midsole 210. In some embodiments, the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-permeable dual-curing material to make the adhesive layer 230 The dual curing material undergoes photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
步骤f2.对组合体进行第二重固化处理,形成鞋底。Step f2. Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220的打印中间体中的未固化组分以及粘合层230中含有的未固化组分在第二重固化处理后发生固化反应从而相互粘合。在一些实施例中,步骤f2的第二重固化处理可以是加热,加热时间为6-12小时,加热温度为80℃-160℃。In some embodiments, the uncured components in the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the uncured components contained in the adhesive layer 230 are cured after the second curing process. React to bond to each other. In some embodiments, the second re-curing treatment in step f2 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210和粘合层230包括双重固化材料,而鞋大底220包括单重固化材料(如可光固化树脂)。打印鞋底可以按照以下步骤进行:In some embodiments, the midsole 210 and the adhesive layer 230 include a dual curing material, and the outsole 220 includes a single curing material (such as a photocurable resin). Printing shoe soles can follow the steps below:
步骤a3.设计鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模型,将该鞋中底210与鞋大底220的三维模型分别进行切片处理,得到用于光固化打印的光图案数据,分别配置光固化打印所需的两种材料,两种材料分别为双重固化材料和单重固化材料(如可光固化树脂)。Step a3. Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slicing processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 respectively to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing. Two materials required for light-curing printing are respectively configured, and the two materials are dual-curing materials and single-curing materials (such as light-curable resins).
在一些实施例中,在步骤a3中,鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模型,使得鞋大底220的中央部分能够覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,鞋大底220的边缘部分能够弯折后覆盖鞋中底210的侧面。在一些实施例中,鞋大底220所包括的单重固化材料可透光。在另一些实施例中,鞋中底210所包括的双重固化材料可透光。在又一些实施例中,鞋大底220所包括的单重固化材料和鞋中底210所包括的双重固化材料均可透光。In some embodiments, in step a3, the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 are such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210. The edge portion can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210. In some embodiments, the single-cured material included in the shoe outsole 220 can transmit light. In other embodiments, the dual curing material included in the shoe midsole 210 can transmit light. In still other embodiments, the single-cured material included in the outsole 220 and the dual-cured material included in the midsole 210 can both transmit light.
步骤b3.将双重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将鞋中底210的光图案数据导入该光固化打印设备中,打印出鞋中底210的打印中间体;将单重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将鞋大底220的光图案数据导入该光固化打印设备中,打印鞋大底220;鞋中底210的打印中间体中含有未固化组分。Step b3. Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data of the shoe midsole 210 into the light curing printing device, and print out the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210; add the single curing material to the light curing In the printing device, the light pattern data of the shoe sole 220 is imported into the light curing printing device to print the shoe sole 220; the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 contains uncured components.
在一些实施例中,光固化打印设备可以包括光固化3D打印设备和/或光固化2D打印设备。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋中底210的打印中间体,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋中底210的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220和鞋中底210的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220和鞋中底210的打印中间体。In some embodiments, the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the outsole 220 is printed by a light-curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the midsole 210 is printed by a light-curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediates of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediates of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
步骤c3.将步骤b3中的鞋中底210的打印中间体进行清理处理,该清理处理是去除其表面的残留的未固化组分。Step c3. The printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 in step b3 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove the remaining uncured components on the surface thereof.
步骤d3.在鞋大底220的上表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。Step d3. Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the shoe outsole 220.
在一些实施例中,作为粘合层230的双重固化材料的厚度为1mm-5mm。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋中底210的打印中间体的下表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋大底220的上表面和鞋中底210的打印中间体的下表面均涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。In some embodiments, the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm. In some embodiments, the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230. In some embodiments, both the upper surface of the shoe outsole 220 and the lower surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
步骤e3.将鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220相贴合,维持鞋中底210的打印中间体与鞋大底220贴合的状态,进行第一重固化处理而得到组合体。Step e3. Attach the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 to the shoe outsole 220, maintain the state of the printed intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220, and perform the first curing process to obtain the assembly .
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的打印中间体和鞋大底220相贴合,可以使得鞋大底220覆盖鞋中底210的打印中间体的底面与侧面。在一些实施例中,第一重固化处理可以是用光(如紫外光)对作为粘合层230的双重固化材料进行照射,光可以通过可透光的双重固化材料(和/或单重固化材料)使得作为粘合层230的双重固化材料发生光固化,光固化之后粘合层230中含有未固化组分。In some embodiments, the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 fit together, so that the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom surface and the side surface of the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210. In some embodiments, the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-transmissive dual-curing material (and/or single-curing). Material) makes the dual curing material of the adhesive layer 230 undergo photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
步骤f3.对组合体进行第二重固化处理,形成鞋底。Step f3. Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210的打印中间体的未固化组分以及粘合层230中含有的未固化组分通过第二重固化处理后发生固化反应从而相互粘合,并同时粘合鞋大底220。在一些实施例中,步骤f3的第二重固化处理可以是加热,加热时间为6-12小时,加热温度为80℃-160℃。In some embodiments, the uncured component of the printing intermediate of the shoe midsole 210 and the uncured component contained in the adhesive layer 230 undergo a curing reaction after the second curing treatment to bond to each other and at the same time. Shoe outsole 220. In some embodiments, the second re-curing treatment in step f3 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220和粘合层230包括双重固化材料,而鞋中底210包括单重固化材料(如可光固化树脂),打印鞋底可以按照以下步骤进行:In some embodiments, the outsole 220 and the adhesive layer 230 include dual-curing materials, and the midsole 210 includes a single-curable material (such as photocurable resin), and printing the sole can be performed as follows:
步骤a4.设计鞋中底210的三维模型和鞋大底220的三维模型,将该鞋中底210与鞋大底220的三维模型分别进行切片处理,得到用于光固化打印的光图案数据,分别配置光固化打印所需的两种材料,两种材料分别为双重固化材料和单重固化材料(如可光固化树脂)。Step a4. Design the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220, and perform slice processing on the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 respectively to obtain light pattern data for photocuring printing. Two materials required for light-curing printing are respectively configured, and the two materials are dual-curing materials and single-curing materials (such as light-curable resins).
在一些实施例中,在步骤a4中,鞋中底210的三维模型与鞋大底220的三维模型,使得鞋大底220的中央部分能够覆盖鞋中底210的下表面,鞋大底220的边缘部分能够弯折后覆盖鞋中底210的侧面。在一些实施例中,鞋中底210所包括的单重固化材料可透光。在另一些实施例中,鞋大底220所包括的双重固化材料可透光。在又一些实施例中,鞋中底210所包括的单重固化材料和鞋大底220所包括的双重固化材料均可透 光。In some embodiments, in step a4, the three-dimensional model of the shoe midsole 210 and the three-dimensional model of the shoe outsole 220 are such that the central part of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the lower surface of the shoe outsole 210. The edge portion can be bent to cover the side surface of the midsole 210. In some embodiments, the single-cured material included in the midsole 210 can transmit light. In other embodiments, the dual curing material included in the shoe outsole 220 can transmit light. In still other embodiments, both the single-cured material included in the midsole 210 and the dual-cured material included in the outsole 220 can transmit light.
步骤b4.将双重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将鞋大底220的光图案数据导入该光固化打印设备中,打印出鞋大底220的打印中间体;将单重固化材料加入光固化打印设备中,将鞋中底210的光图案数据导入该光固化打印设备中,打印鞋中底210;鞋大底220的打印中间体中含有未固化组分。Step b4. Add the dual curing material to the light curing printing device, import the light pattern data of the shoe outsole 220 into the light curing printing device, and print out the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220; add the single curing material to the light curing device In the printing device, the light pattern data of the shoe midsole 210 is imported into the light curing printing device to print the shoe midsole 210; the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 contains uncured components.
在一些实施例中,光固化打印设备可以包括光固化3D打印设备和/或光固化2D打印设备。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋中底210,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋中底210。在一些实施例中,通过光固化3D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体和鞋中底210。在一些实施例中,通过光固化2D打印设备打印鞋大底220的打印中间体和鞋中底210。In some embodiments, the light-curing printing device may include a light-curing 3D printing device and/or a light-curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the shoe midsole 210 is printed by a light curing 3D printing device, and the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 is printed by a light curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 is printed by a light-curing 3D printing device, and the midsole 210 is printed by a light-curing 2D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light curing 3D printing device. In some embodiments, the printing intermediate of the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are printed by a light-curing 2D printing device.
步骤c4.将步骤b4中的鞋大底220的打印中间体进行清理处理,该清理处理是去除其表面的残留的未固化组分。Step c4. The printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 in step b4 is subjected to a cleaning process, which is to remove the remaining uncured components on the surface thereof.
步骤d4.在鞋大底220的打印中间体的上表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。Step d4. Coating a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 on the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220.
在一些实施例中,作为粘合层230的双重固化材料的厚度为1mm-5mm。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋中底210的下表面涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。在一些实施例中,可以在鞋大底220的打印中间体的上表面和鞋中底210的下表面均涂覆双重固化材料作为粘合层230。In some embodiments, the thickness of the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 is 1 mm-5 mm. In some embodiments, the lower surface of the midsole 210 may be coated with a dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230. In some embodiments, both the upper surface of the printed intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the lower surface of the shoe midsole 210 may be coated with a dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230.
步骤e4.将鞋中底210和鞋大底220的打印中间体相贴合,维持鞋中底210与鞋大底220的打印中间体贴合的状态,进行第一重固化处理而得到组合体。Step e4. Bonding the printed intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 to maintain the state of being attached to the printed intermediates of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220, and perform the first curing process to obtain a combined body.
在一些实施例中,鞋中底210和鞋大底220的打印中间体相贴合,可以使得鞋大底220的打印中间体覆盖鞋中底210的底面与侧面。在一些实施例中,第一重固化处理可以是用光(如紫外光)对作为粘合层230的双重固化材料进行照射,光可以通过可透光的双重固化材料(和/或单重固化材料)使得作为粘合层230的双重固化材料发生光固化,光固化之后粘合层230中含有未固化组分。In some embodiments, the printed intermediate body of the shoe midsole 210 and the shoe outsole 220 are attached to each other, so that the printed intermediate body of the shoe outsole 220 can cover the bottom and sides of the shoe midsole 210. In some embodiments, the first re-curing treatment may be to irradiate the dual-curing material as the adhesive layer 230 with light (such as ultraviolet light), and the light may pass through the light-transmissive dual-curing material (and/or single-curing). Material) makes the dual curing material of the adhesive layer 230 undergo photocuring, and the adhesive layer 230 contains uncured components after photocuring.
步骤f4.对组合体进行第二重固化处理,形成鞋底。Step f4. Perform a second curing treatment on the combined body to form a shoe sole.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220的打印中间体的未固化组分以及粘合层230中含有的未固化组分通过第二重固化处理后发生固化反应从而相互粘合,并同时粘合鞋中底210。在一些实施例中,步骤f4的第二重固化处理可以是加热,加热时间为6-12小时,加热温度为80℃-160℃。In some embodiments, the uncured component of the printing intermediate of the shoe outsole 220 and the uncured component contained in the adhesive layer 230 undergo a curing reaction after the second curing treatment to bond to each other and at the same time. Shoe midsole 210. In some embodiments, the second re-curing treatment in step f4 may be heating, the heating time is 6-12 hours, and the heating temperature is 80°C-160°C.
上述三个实施例中,粘合层230包括双重固化材料,所以在上述的打印鞋底的步骤中,粘合层230在步骤e1、e2、e3和e4中先进行第一重固化处理(如光固化处理),然后在步骤f1、f2、f3和f4中进行第二重固化处理(如热固化处理),双重固化材料完全固化形成的粘合层230分别与鞋大底220和鞋中底210粘合。In the above three embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 includes a dual-curing material, so in the step of printing shoe soles, the adhesive layer 230 undergoes the first re-curing treatment (such as light) in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4. Curing process), and then in steps f1, f2, f3, and f4, a second re-curing process (such as a thermal curing process) is performed. The adhesive layer 230 formed by the dual-curing material is completely cured and the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 are respectively Gluing.
在一些实施例中,粘合层230与鞋大底220和鞋中底210中的至少一个所包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同,这样不仅提高了第二重固化处理后的粘合效果,而且可以避免质地差别、颜色差别等因素影响鞋底的整体外观,并且便于回收,有利于环保。在一些实施例中,粘合层230、鞋大底220以及鞋中底210所包括的双重固化材料的组分完全相同,且该双重固化材料可以为透明的。由于鞋大底220(和/或鞋中底210)透明且其透光率高,这样不仅提高了在粘合层230在第一重固化处理(如光固化)后的粘合效果,而且使得该鞋底的整体外观更加个性化。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 has exactly the same composition as the dual curing material included in at least one of the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210, which not only improves the adhesive effect after the second curing treatment. , And can avoid factors such as texture difference, color difference and other factors affecting the overall appearance of the sole, and it is easy to recycle, which is beneficial to environmental protection. In some embodiments, the components of the dual curing material included in the adhesive layer 230, the shoe outsole 220, and the shoe midsole 210 are completely the same, and the dual curing material may be transparent. Since the shoe outsole 220 (and/or the shoe midsole 210) is transparent and has high light transmittance, this not only improves the adhesion effect of the adhesive layer 230 after the first curing treatment (such as light curing), but also makes The overall appearance of the sole is more personalized.
在一些实施例中,在粘合力足够的情况下,粘合层230可以包括单重固化材料,其单重固化材料的固化处理可以与双重固化材料的第一重固化处理或第二重固化处理相同。In some embodiments, when the adhesive force is sufficient, the adhesive layer 230 may include a single-curing material, and the curing process of the single-curing material may be the same as the first curing process or the second curing process of the dual curing material. The processing is the same.
在一些实施例中,粘合层230可以为光固化树脂,在上述打印鞋底的步骤中,粘合层230可以在步骤e1、e2、e3和e4中进行光固化,光固化树脂完全固化形成的粘合层230分别与鞋大底220和鞋中底210粘合。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 may be a light-curable resin. In the step of printing the sole, the adhesive layer 230 may be light-cured in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4, and the light-curable resin is completely cured. The adhesive layer 230 is bonded to the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 respectively.
在一些实施例中,粘合层230可以为热固化树脂,在上述打印鞋底的步骤中,步骤e1、e2、e3和e4中的光照操作可以省略,直接进行第二重固化处理,光固化树脂完全固化形成的粘合层230分别与鞋大底220和鞋中底210粘合。In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 230 may be a thermosetting resin. In the step of printing the sole, the light operation in steps e1, e2, e3, and e4 may be omitted, and the second re-curing process is directly performed, and the light-curing resin The fully cured adhesive layer 230 is respectively adhered to the outsole 220 and the midsole 210.
在一些实施例中,鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210可以由透光材料所制,光能够通过透光材料照射到粘合层230。在一些实施例中,由透光材料制成的鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的透光率大于20%。在一些实施例中,由透光材料制成的鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的透光率大于60%。在一些实施例中,由透光材料制成的鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的透光率为90%-95%。在进行上述步骤e1、e2、e3和e4时,可以采用光(如紫外光)对作为粘合层230的双重固化材料照射5s-10s。在一些实施例中,如果由透光材料制成的鞋大底220和/或鞋中底210的透光率较低,可以适当增加光照时间(如增加为15s、20s等),使得作为粘合层230的双重固化材料能够充分光固化。In some embodiments, the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 may be made of a light-transmitting material, and light can be irradiated to the adhesive layer 230 through the light-transmitting material. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is greater than 20%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is greater than 60%. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the outsole 220 and/or the midsole 210 made of a light-transmitting material is 90%-95%. During the above steps e1, e2, e3, and e4, light (such as ultraviolet light) may be used to irradiate the dual curing material as the adhesive layer 230 for 5s-10s. In some embodiments, if the light transmittance of the shoe outsole 220 and/or the shoe midsole 210 made of light-transmitting material is low, the light time can be appropriately increased (such as 15s, 20s, etc.), so that it can be used as a sticky material. The dual curing material of the laminated layer 230 can be fully photocured.
在一些实施例中,在上述步骤e1、e2、e3和e4中,可以通过模具,使得鞋大底220与鞋中底210在第二重固化处理中保持贴合状态。在一些实施例中,模具上可以开 设有与鞋底(如鞋大底220、鞋中底210)的形状和尺寸相匹配的凹槽,在步骤d1、d2、d3和d4中,可以将鞋大底220与鞋中底210贴合后一起嵌合该凹槽内,然后将放入模具内的鞋大底220和鞋中底210一起进行第二重固化处理。In some embodiments, in the above steps e1, e2, e3, and e4, the outsole 220 and the midsole 210 can be kept in contact with each other during the second curing process through a mold. In some embodiments, the mold can be provided with grooves that match the shape and size of the shoe sole (such as shoe outsole 220, shoe midsole 210). In steps d1, d2, d3, and d4, the shoe can be large After the sole 220 and the shoe midsole 210 are fitted together, they are fitted into the groove together, and then the shoe outsole 220 and the shoe midsole 210 placed in the mold are subjected to a second curing process together.
在一些实施例中,在上述步骤e1、e2、e3和e4中,第一重固化处理(光固化)可以通过紫外灯箱实现。光固化的照射的时间可以为5s-15s。In some embodiments, in the above steps e1, e2, e3, and e4, the first re-curing treatment (light curing) can be implemented by an ultraviolet light box. The irradiation time of photocuring can be 5s-15s.
在一些实施例中,在上述步骤f1、f2、f3和f4中,第二重固化处理可以包括加热、辐射、加湿等一种或多种操作,具体可以根据双重固化材料中的非光固化组份的特性来选择第二重固化处理的具体操作。In some embodiments, in the above steps f1, f2, f3, and f4, the second re-curing treatment may include one or more operations such as heating, radiation, humidification, etc., which may be specifically based on the non-photocuring group in the dual-curing material. The characteristics of the parts to choose the specific operation of the second curing treatment.
在一些实施例中,双重固化材料包括丙烯酸酯、二苯基乙酮(光引发剂)、热塑性聚氨酯弹性体橡胶(TPU)。在一些实施例中,针对该种双重固化材料,第二重固化处理的操作可以为加热(即热固化处理)。在一些实施例中,加热时间可以为6-12小时。在一些实施例中,加热温度可以为80℃-160℃。In some embodiments, the dual cure material includes acrylate, benzophenone (photoinitiator), and thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer rubber (TPU). In some embodiments, for this kind of dual curing material, the operation of the second curing treatment may be heating (ie, thermal curing treatment). In some embodiments, the heating time may be 6-12 hours. In some embodiments, the heating temperature may be 80°C-160°C.
在一些实施例中,在所述步骤c1、c2、c3和c4中,清理处理可以包括利用离心机、甩干机等将打印中间体表面的未固化组分清除。In some embodiments, in the steps c1, c2, c3, and c4, the cleaning process may include using a centrifuge, a spin dryer, or the like to remove uncured components on the surface of the printing intermediate.
在一些实施例中,当打印件是枕头时,可以按照以下步骤打印枕头:基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理(如光固化处理)来打印出枕头的第一部分110;基于双重固化材料,使用第二次固化处理(如光固化处理)来打印出枕头的第二部分120;在第一部分110和第二部分120的贴合处涂覆粘合层130,并将第一部分110与第二部分120贴合;透过镂空结构对粘合层130进行光照射(如使用紫外光灯),以使得粘合层130初步固化(包含未固化组分);将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120进行第二重固化处理(如放入烘箱内进行热固化处理),以使得第一部分110和第二部分120稳定连接,以获得枕头。在一些实施例中,可以将贴合后的第一部分110和第二部分120放入模具中,再将模具中的第一部分110和第二部分120放入烘箱中进行热固化处理。在一些实施例中,第一部分110可以位于第二部分120的上方,以使得第一部分110和第二部分120能够在第一部分110的重力作用下粘合更加紧密。在一些实施例中,热固化处理的温度可以为120℃,热固化处理的时间可以为8小时。In some embodiments, when the print is a pillow, the pillow can be printed according to the following steps: based on a dual curing material, using a first curing process (such as a light curing process) to print out the first part 110 of the pillow; based on a dual curing material , Use the second curing process (such as light curing process) to print out the second part 120 of the pillow; apply an adhesive layer 130 where the first part 110 and the second part 120 are attached, and connect the first part 110 to the second part 120 The two parts 120 are bonded together; the adhesive layer 130 is irradiated with light through the hollow structure (such as using an ultraviolet lamp), so that the adhesive layer 130 is initially cured (including uncured components); the bonded first part 110 Perform a second re-curing treatment with the second part 120 (for example, put it in an oven for thermal curing treatment), so that the first part 110 and the second part 120 are connected stably to obtain a pillow. In some embodiments, the bonded first part 110 and the second part 120 may be put into a mold, and then the first part 110 and the second part 120 in the mold may be put into an oven for thermal curing. In some embodiments, the first part 110 may be located above the second part 120 so that the first part 110 and the second part 120 can be adhered more closely under the gravity of the first part 110. In some embodiments, the temperature of the thermal curing treatment may be 120° C., and the time of the thermal curing treatment may be 8 hours.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述详细披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concepts have been described above. Obviously, for those skilled in the art, the above detailed disclosure is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to the application. Although it is not explicitly stated here, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements and amendments to this application. Such modifications, improvements, and corrections are suggested in this application, so such modifications, improvements, and corrections still belong to the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this application.
同时,本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。At the same time, this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application. For example, "one embodiment", "an embodiment", and/or "some embodiments" mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “one embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. . In addition, some features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application can be appropriately combined.
此外,除非权利要求中明确说明,本申请所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用、或其他名称的使用,并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例,但应当理解的是,该类细节仅起到说明的目的,附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例,相反,权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如,虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现,但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现,如在现有的服务器或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。In addition, unless explicitly stated in the claims, the order of processing elements and sequences, the use of numbers and letters, or the use of other names in this application are not used to limit the order of the procedures and methods of this application. Although the foregoing disclosure uses various examples to discuss some embodiments of the invention that are currently considered useful, it should be understood that such details are only for illustrative purposes, and the appended claims are not limited to the disclosed embodiments. On the contrary, the rights The requirements are intended to cover all modifications and equivalent combinations that conform to the essence and scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, although the system components described above can be implemented by hardware devices, they can also be implemented only by software solutions, such as installing the described system on an existing server or mobile device.
同理,应当注意的是,为了简化本申请披露的表述,从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解,前文对本申请实施例的描述中,有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是,这种披露方法并不意味着本申请对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上,实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。For the same reason, it should be noted that, in order to simplify the expression disclosed in this application and help the understanding of one or more embodiments of the invention, in the foregoing description of the embodiments of this application, multiple features are sometimes combined into one embodiment. In the drawings or its description. However, this method of disclosure does not mean that the subject of the application requires more features than those mentioned in the claims. In fact, the features of the embodiment are less than all the features of the single embodiment disclosed above.
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字,应当理解的是,此类用于实施例描述的数字,在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明,“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20%的变化。相应地,在一些实施例中,说明书和权利要求中使用的数值参数均为近似值,该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中,数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本申请一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值,在具体实施例中,此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。In some embodiments, numbers describing the number of ingredients and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifier "about", "approximately" or "substantially" in some examples. Retouch. Unless otherwise stated, "approximately", "approximately" or "substantially" indicate that the number is allowed to vary by ±20%. Correspondingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the description and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values can be changed according to the required characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameter should consider the prescribed effective digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.
针对本申请引用的每个专利、专利申请、专利申请公开物和其他材料,如文章、书籍、说明书、出版物、文档等,特此将其全部内容并入本申请作为参考。与本申请内容不一致或产生冲突的申请历史文件除外,对本申请权利要求最广范围有限制的文件(当前或之后附加于本申请中的)也除外。需要说明的是,如果本申请附属材料中的描述、定义、和/或术语的使用与本申请所述内容有不一致或冲突的地方,以本申请的描述、定义和/或术语的使用为准。For each patent, patent application, patent application publication and other materials cited in this application, such as articles, books, specifications, publications, documents, etc., the entire contents are hereby incorporated into this application as a reference. The application history documents that are inconsistent or conflicting with the content of this application are excluded, and documents that restrict the broadest scope of the claims of this application (currently or later attached to this application) are also excluded. It should be noted that if there is any inconsistency or conflict between the description, definition, and/or use of terms in the attached materials of this application and the content of this application, the description, definition and/or use of terms in this application shall prevail .
最后,应当理解的是,本申请中所述实施例仅用以说明本申请实施例的原则。 其他的变形也可能属于本申请的范围。因此,作为示例而非限制,本申请实施例的替代配置可视为与本申请的教导一致。相应地,本申请的实施例不仅限于本申请明确介绍和描述的实施例。Finally, it should be understood that the embodiments described in this application are only used to illustrate the principles of the embodiments of this application. Other variations may also fall within the scope of this application. Therefore, as an example and not a limitation, the alternative configuration of the embodiment of the present application can be regarded as consistent with the teaching of the present application. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the embodiments explicitly introduced and described in the present application.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种打印件,其特征在于,包括第一部分、第二部分以及位于所述第一部分和第二部分之间的粘合层;A print, characterized by comprising a first part, a second part, and an adhesive layer located between the first part and the second part;
    所述第一部分、所述第二部分、所述粘合层中的至少一个包括双重固化材料。At least one of the first part, the second part, and the adhesive layer includes a dual curing material.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料;所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分与所述第一部分所包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同;The print of claim 1, wherein the first part and the adhesive layer both comprise a dual-curing material; the dual-curing material included in the adhesive layer is composed of a dual-curing material component and the first part. The components of the included dual-curing materials are at least partially the same;
    或者,所述第二部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料,所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分与所述第二部分所包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。Alternatively, both the second part and the adhesive layer include dual curing materials, and the dual curing material components included in the adhesive layer and the dual curing material components included in the second part are at least partially same.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分、所述第二部分和所述粘合层均包括双重固化材料,所述粘合层所包括的双重固化材料的组分、所述第一部分包括的双重固化材料的组分以及所述第二部分包括的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。The print according to claim 1, wherein the first part, the second part and the adhesive layer all comprise a dual-curing material, and the adhesive layer includes a dual-curing material component The components of the dual curing material included in the first part and the components of the dual curing material included in the second part are at least partially the same.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分和所述第二部分均包括双重固化材料,所述第一部分包含的双重固化材料的组分与所述第二部分包含的双重固化材料的组分至少部分相同。The print according to claim 1, wherein the first part and the second part both comprise a dual-curing material, and the components of the dual-curing material contained in the first part are the same as those contained in the second part. The components of the dual cure material are at least partially the same.
  5. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分的刚度与所述第二部分的刚度不同。5. The print of claim 1, wherein the rigidity of the first part is different from the rigidity of the second part.
  6. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分的透光率大于20%。5. The print according to claim 1, wherein the light transmittance of the first part and/or the second part is greater than 20%.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括透光材料;或者,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括镂空结构。8. The print according to claim 6, wherein the first part and/or the second part comprises a light-transmitting material; or, the first part and/or the second part comprises a hollow structure.
  8. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述粘合层在已固化状态下的厚度 为1mm-5mm。The print according to claim 1, wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer in a cured state is 1mm-5mm.
  9. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括鞋中底,所述第二部分包括鞋大底;所述鞋中底的下表面与所述鞋大底的上表面相连;所述粘合层位于所述鞋中底的下表面与所述鞋大底的上表面之间。The print according to claim 1, wherein the first part comprises a shoe midsole, and the second part comprises a shoe outsole; the lower surface of the shoe midsole and the upper surface of the shoe outsole Connected; the adhesive layer is located between the lower surface of the shoe midsole and the upper surface of the shoe outsole.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括鞋中底,所述第二部分包括增强件,所述增强件的刚度大于所述鞋中底的刚度;5. The print according to claim 1, wherein the first part includes a midsole, and the second part includes a reinforcement, and the rigidity of the reinforcement is greater than the rigidity of the midsole;
    所述增强件嵌入所述鞋中底内,或者,所述增强件设于所述鞋中底的表面。The reinforcement is embedded in the midsole, or the reinforcement is provided on the surface of the midsole.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件的刚度比所述鞋中底部的刚度大5%-300%。9. The print of claim 10, wherein the stiffness of the reinforcing member is 5% to 300% greater than the stiffness of the bottom of the shoe.
  12. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件包括双重固化材料和纤维材料。9. The print of claim 10, wherein the reinforcement includes a dual curing material and a fiber material.
  13. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述鞋中底包括由前至后依次设置的前掌部、足弓部和后跟部,所述增强件设于所述前掌部、所述足弓部和所述后跟部中的至少一个上。The print according to claim 10, wherein the shoe midsole comprises a forefoot, an arch and a heel which are arranged in sequence from front to back, and the reinforcement is provided on the forefoot, At least one of the arch part and the heel part.
  14. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件在固化后的厚度为0.05mm-2mm。9. The printed article according to claim 10, wherein the thickness of the reinforcing member after curing is 0.05mm-2mm.
  15. 如权利要求13所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述前掌部、所述足弓部和/或所述后跟部上设有安装凹槽,所述安装凹槽用于安装所述增强件。The print according to claim 13, wherein the forefoot portion, the arch portion and/or the heel portion are provided with mounting grooves, and the mounting grooves are used for mounting the reinforcement Pieces.
  16. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件的重心与所述鞋中底的重心的连线平行于所述鞋中底厚度方向。11. The print according to claim 10, wherein the line connecting the center of gravity of the reinforcing member and the center of gravity of the shoe midsole is parallel to the thickness direction of the shoe midsole.
  17. 如权利要求10所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件包括多个通孔,每个 所述通孔均沿所述鞋中底的厚度方向贯穿所述增强件。10. The print according to claim 10, wherein the reinforcing member comprises a plurality of through holes, and each of the through holes penetrates the reinforcing member along the thickness direction of the shoe midsole.
  18. 如权利要求13所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件包括支撑部和与所述支撑部相连的侧翼部;15. The print of claim 13, wherein the reinforcing member comprises a supporting part and a side wing part connected to the supporting part;
    所述支撑部设于所述鞋中底的上表面或下表面,所述侧翼部与所述鞋中底的侧边缘。The supporting portion is provided on the upper surface or the lower surface of the shoe midsole, the side wing portion and the side edge of the shoe midsole.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述支撑部位于所述足弓部的上表面或下表面。The print according to claim 18, wherein the supporting part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part.
  20. 如权利要求13所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件包括上顶部、下底部和连接部,所述上顶部的一端与所述下底部的一端通过所述连接部相连;所述上顶部、下底部和连接部中的至少一个与所述鞋中底连接。The print according to claim 13, wherein the reinforcing member includes an upper top portion, a lower bottom portion and a connecting portion, and one end of the upper top portion and one end of the lower bottom portion are connected by the connecting portion; At least one of the upper top part, the lower bottom part and the connecting part is connected with the shoe midsole.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述上顶部、所述下底部和所述连接部均嵌入所述后跟部内。22. The print according to claim 20, wherein the upper top portion, the lower bottom portion and the connecting portion are all embedded in the heel portion.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述连接部位于所述后跟部的前端,所述上顶部位于所述后跟部的上端,所述下底部位于所述后跟部的下端。22. The print of claim 21, wherein the connecting portion is located at the front end of the heel portion, the upper top portion is located at the upper end of the heel portion, and the lower bottom portion is located at the lower end of the heel portion.
  23. 如权利要求20所述的打印件,其特征在于,The print of claim 20, wherein:
    所述增强件还包括延伸部;The reinforcing member further includes an extension part;
    所述延伸部位于所述足弓部的上表面或下表面;或者,所述延伸部嵌入所述足弓部内。The extension part is located on the upper surface or the lower surface of the arch part; or the extension part is embedded in the arch part.
  24. 如权利要求13所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述增强件包括第一弧形部和第二弧形部,所述第一弧形部和所述第二弧形部分别嵌入所述后跟部的左右两侧,且所述第一弧形部的内弧面和所述第二弧形部的内弧面相对设置。The print according to claim 13, wherein the reinforcing member comprises a first arc-shaped part and a second arc-shaped part, and the first arc-shaped part and the second arc-shaped part are respectively embedded in the The left and right sides of the heel part, and the inner arc surface of the first arc-shaped part and the inner arc surface of the second arc-shaped part are arranged opposite to each other.
  25. 如权利要求1所述的打印件,其特征在于,所述打印件包括枕头。5. The print of claim 1, wherein the print includes a pillow.
  26. 一种打印件的打印方法,其特征在于,包括以下步骤:A method for printing a print, which is characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
    提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个;Provide at least one of the first part and the second part;
    在所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分上设置粘合层;Providing an adhesive layer on the first part and/or the second part;
    对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理。The first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer are cured.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:The printing method according to claim 26, wherein said providing at least one of the first part and the second part comprises:
    通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的至少一个。At least one of the first part and the second part is produced through a first re-curing process in a dual-curing molding manner.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的打印方法,其特征在于,通过双重固化处理的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的至少一个,包括:27. The printing method according to claim 27, wherein the first recuring process of the dual curing process to produce at least one of the first part and the second part comprises:
    通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分。The first part and the second part are produced by a first heavy curing process in a dual curing molding manner.
  29. 如权利要求27所述的打印方法,其特征在于,通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的至少一个,包括:27. The printing method of claim 27, wherein the first recuring process in a dual curing molding method is used to produce at least one of the first part and the second part, comprising:
    通过双重固化成型方式的第一重固化处理制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分的其中一个,使用其他打印方式制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个。One of the first part and the second part is made by a first re-curing process in a dual-curing molding method, and the other of the first part and the second part is made by using other printing methods.
  30. 如权利要求26所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:通过其他打印方式制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分;The printing method according to claim 26, wherein said providing at least one of the first part and the second part comprises: making the first part and the second part by other printing methods;
    所述对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理,包括:通过双重固化成型方式对所述粘合层以及所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行固化处理,以实现所述第一部分和所述第二部分的连接。The curing treatment of the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer includes: performing a dual curing molding method on the adhesive layer and the first part and the second part Curing treatment to realize the connection of the first part and the second part.
  31. 如权利要求26所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述提供第一部分和第二部分中的至少一个,包括:The printing method according to claim 26, wherein said providing at least one of the first part and the second part comprises:
    基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理而制作出所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的一个;其中,所述双重固化材料的一部分组分能够在第一重固化处理后实现固化;Based on the dual-curing material, one of the first part and the second part is made using a first-recuring treatment; wherein a part of the components of the dual-curing material can be cured after the first-recuring treatment;
    制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个;Making the other of the first part and the second part;
    所述对所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分以及所述粘合层进行固化处理,包括:The curing treatment of the first part and/or the second part and the adhesive layer includes:
    将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合而获得组合体;Attaching the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body;
    将所述组合体进行第二重固化处理,以获得打印件;其中,所述双重固化材料的另一部分组分能够在第二重固化处理后实现固化。The combination is subjected to a second re-curing treatment to obtain a printed article; wherein, another part of the dual-curing material can be cured after the second re-curing treatment.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个,包括:The printing method according to claim 31, wherein said making the other of said first part and said second part comprises:
    基于双重固化材料,使用第一重固化处理操作而制作所述第一部分和所述第二部分中的另一个。Based on the dual-curing material, the other of the first part and the second part is made using a first double-curing treatment operation.
  33. 如权利要求31所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述第一重固化处理操作包括光固化处理。The printing method according to claim 31, wherein the first re-curing treatment operation includes a photo-curing treatment.
  34. 如权利要求31所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述第二重固化处理包括热固化处理、光固化处理和湿固化处理中的任一种。The printing method according to claim 31, wherein the second re-curing treatment includes any one of a thermal curing treatment, a light curing treatment, and a moisture curing treatment.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述热固化的温度为80℃-160℃。The printing method according to claim 34, wherein the thermal curing temperature is 80°C-160°C.
  36. 如权利要求35所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述粘合层包括双重固化材料。The printing method of claim 35, wherein the adhesive layer comprises a dual curing material.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合而获得组合体,包括:36. The printing method of claim 36, wherein the affixing the first part and the second part to obtain a combined body comprises:
    将所述第一部分与所述第二部分贴合;Attaching the first part to the second part;
    将贴合后的所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行第一重固化处理而使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化,以获得组合体。The first part and the second part after being bonded are subjected to a first recuring treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer to obtain an assembly.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的打印方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括透光结构;或者,所述第一部分和/或所述第二部分包括镂空结构;The printing method according to claim 37, wherein the first part and/or the second part comprises a light-transmitting structure; or, the first part and/or the second part comprises a hollow structure;
    将贴合后的所述第一部分和所述第二部分进行第一重固化处理而使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化,包括:The first part and the second part after being bonded are subjected to a first re-curing treatment to cure a part of the components of the adhesive layer, including:
    通过所述透光结构或所述镂空结构对所述粘合层进行光照射,以使得所述粘合层的一部分组分固化。The adhesive layer is irradiated with light through the light-transmitting structure or the hollow structure, so that a part of the components of the adhesive layer is cured.
  39. 如权利要求31所述的打印方法,其特征在于,将所述组合体进行第二重固化处理,包括:The printing method according to claim 31, wherein the second re-curing process of the combined body comprises:
    将所述组合体放入模具中,将放在所述模具中的所述组合体进行第二重固化处理。The combined body is put into a mold, and the combined body placed in the mold is subjected to a second re-curing treatment.
PCT/CN2021/093445 2020-05-13 2021-05-12 Printed object and printing method therefor WO2021228162A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW110117371A TWI767704B (en) 2020-05-13 2021-05-13 3d printed product and method of producing same

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063024511P 2020-05-13 2020-05-13
US63/024,511 2020-05-13
CN202010436000.1A CN113693340B (en) 2020-05-21 2020-05-21 3D printing environment-friendly sole and printing and post-processing method
CN202010436000.1 2020-05-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021228162A1 true WO2021228162A1 (en) 2021-11-18

Family

ID=78525332

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/093445 WO2021228162A1 (en) 2020-05-13 2021-05-12 Printed object and printing method therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI767704B (en)
WO (1) WO2021228162A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11684104B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2023-06-27 Bauer Hockey Llc Helmets comprising additively-manufactured components
US11779821B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2023-10-10 Bauer Hockey Llc Sporting goods including microlattice structures

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103169197A (en) * 2013-03-21 2013-06-26 茂泰(福建)鞋材有限公司 Shock-absorbing sole and shock-absorbing shoe
CN205695970U (en) * 2016-06-01 2016-11-23 杨宝莲 A kind of bouncing shoes
CN107098714A (en) * 2017-04-26 2017-08-29 西安交通大学 A kind of types of silicon carbide-based ceramics method for manufacturing parts based on 3DP increases material manufacturing technologies
CN108475008A (en) * 2015-12-22 2018-08-31 卡本有限公司 By manufacturing joint product by multiple intermediates with the increasing material manufacturing of dual cure resin
US20180304541A1 (en) * 2017-04-19 2018-10-25 Carbon, Inc. 3d lattice supports for additive manufacturing
CN109349744A (en) * 2018-10-30 2019-02-19 广州万思拓材料科技有限公司 A kind of production method that customization foot steps on component
CN209037033U (en) * 2018-11-22 2019-06-28 珠海赛纳打印科技股份有限公司 Material dispensing apparatus and 3D printer

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN206744693U (en) * 2017-01-25 2017-12-15 清远广硕技研服务有限公司 Footwear sole construction

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103169197A (en) * 2013-03-21 2013-06-26 茂泰(福建)鞋材有限公司 Shock-absorbing sole and shock-absorbing shoe
CN108475008A (en) * 2015-12-22 2018-08-31 卡本有限公司 By manufacturing joint product by multiple intermediates with the increasing material manufacturing of dual cure resin
CN205695970U (en) * 2016-06-01 2016-11-23 杨宝莲 A kind of bouncing shoes
US20180304541A1 (en) * 2017-04-19 2018-10-25 Carbon, Inc. 3d lattice supports for additive manufacturing
CN107098714A (en) * 2017-04-26 2017-08-29 西安交通大学 A kind of types of silicon carbide-based ceramics method for manufacturing parts based on 3DP increases material manufacturing technologies
CN109349744A (en) * 2018-10-30 2019-02-19 广州万思拓材料科技有限公司 A kind of production method that customization foot steps on component
CN209037033U (en) * 2018-11-22 2019-06-28 珠海赛纳打印科技股份有限公司 Material dispensing apparatus and 3D printer

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11779821B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2023-10-10 Bauer Hockey Llc Sporting goods including microlattice structures
US11794084B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2023-10-24 Bauer Hockey Llc Sporting goods including microlattice structures
US11844986B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2023-12-19 Bauer Hockey Llc Sporting goods including microlattice structures
US11684104B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2023-06-27 Bauer Hockey Llc Helmets comprising additively-manufactured components

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202210276A (en) 2022-03-16
TWI767704B (en) 2022-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021228162A1 (en) Printed object and printing method therefor
TWI351931B (en) Article of footwear and method of manufacture arti
CN108497619B (en) Sole of sports shoe
JP5490316B2 (en) Multiple response footwear
CN107848159A (en) The compound inner sole of photocuring
CN103908037A (en) Automatically produced shoes and shoe making method thereof
JP2001510389A (en) Flexible thin sole with injection-moulded tread element, method of manufacturing such sole and shoe with such sole
CN105768345B (en) A kind of mould is interior to be integrally formed sole and its manufacture craft
CN105795578A (en) Baseplate for a shoe, in particular a sports shoe
CN103917359A (en) Article of footwear formed from two preforms and method and mold for manufacturing same
TW202132082A (en) Method, injection molding system for the direct soling of a multilayered shoe sole and use thereof
Kajtaz et al. Three-dimensional printing of sports equipment
JP2002321291A (en) Method for producing sole
CN113384035B (en) Composite sole and printing and post-processing method
CN207023404U (en) A kind of secondary MD footwear materials of overlay film shaping
US20200128914A1 (en) Flexible ventilated insoles
CN113693340B (en) 3D printing environment-friendly sole and printing and post-processing method
TWI736382B (en) A sole structure and an article of footwear incorporating the sole structure
FR2861641B1 (en) METHOD FOR DECORATING AND REINFORCING A SPORTSHOT SHOE
US11154114B2 (en) Lightweight thermoplastic soles
JP7393830B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a three-dimensional outsole with improved pattern quality and durability
CN108081651A (en) The composite sole manufacturing method of outsole plastics sucking moulding
EP3576919B1 (en) Transparent tooling mold and process for uv radiation curable rubber
US9999277B2 (en) Shoe sole and insole
KR102229822B1 (en) A method for manufacturing a footwear element using a 3 dimensional printing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21804164

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21804164

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1